]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Fix VC documentation related to switching branches.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 0 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 0 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
113
114 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
115
116 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
117 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
118 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
119 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
120 outside a function.")
121
122 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
123
124 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
125 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
126 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
127
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
129
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
133 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
134 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
135 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
136
137 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
138
139 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
140 Prompt for a change log name.
141
142 \(fn)" nil nil)
143
144 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
145 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
146
147 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
148 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
149 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
150 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
151
152 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
153 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
154 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
155
156 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
157 current buffer to the complete file name.
158 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
159
160 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
161
162 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
163 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
164 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
165 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
166
167 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
168 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
169
170 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
171
172 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
173 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
174 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
175
176 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
177 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
178 after a comma on an existing line.
179
180 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
181 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
182 the same person.
183
184 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
185 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
186 notices.
187
188 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
189 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
190
191 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
192
193 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
194 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
195 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
196 the change log file in another window.
197
198 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
199
200 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
201 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
202 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
203 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
204 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
205 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
206
207 \\{change-log-mode-map}
208
209 \(fn)" t nil)
210
211 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
213
214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
216
217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
221 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
222
223 Has a preference of looking backwards.
224
225 \(fn)" nil nil)
226
227 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
228 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
229 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
230 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
231 or a buffer.
232
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
235
236 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
237
238 ;;;***
239 \f
240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
243
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
254
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
256
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
265
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
267
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
270
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
272
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
275
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
277
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
280
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
286
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
289 the new one.
290
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
296
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
300
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
302
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
319
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
321
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
325
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
328 BODY...)
329
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
344
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
349
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
352
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
355
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
358
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
363
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
366 BODY...)
367
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
369
370 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
371
372 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
373
374 ;;;***
375 \f
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 24123 550487 0))
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
378
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
386
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
390
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
395
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
397
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
402
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
405
406 Fred (123) 456-7890
407 Alice (123) 456-7890
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
409 Joe (123) 456-7890
410
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
414
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
420
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
426 throughout the line.
427
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
429
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
432
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
435
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
437
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
443 align that section.
444
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
446
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
454
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
456
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
463 to be colored.
464
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
466
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
469
470 \(fn)" t nil)
471
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
474
475 \(fn)" t nil)
476
477 ;;;***
478 \f
479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
482
483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
485
486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
487
488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
489
490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
492
493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
495
496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
497 `allout-auto-activation'.
498
499 \(fn)" nil nil)
500
501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
503
504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
506 file variable `allout-layout'.
507
508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
510 specified layout is applied.
511
512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
514
515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
516 Auto-layout is not.
517
518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
519
520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
521
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
523
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
525
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
537
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
547
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
549
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
551
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553
554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
556
557 \(fn)" nil t)
558
559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
564
565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
569 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
573
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
575
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
584
585 and many other features.
586
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
590 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
592
593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
597 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
601 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
676 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
677 auto-activation.
678
679 Topic Encryption
680
681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
683 pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690
691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
694 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
695 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
697 signal.
698
699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 for details.
702
703 HOT-SPOT Operation
704
705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
706 navigation and exposure control.
707
708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
713
714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
716 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
719
720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
724 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
726 at the beginning of the current entry.
727
728 Extending Allout
729
730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
732 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
733
734 `allout-mode-hook'
735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
743
744 Terminology
745
746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
747
748 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
749 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
750 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
751 CURRENT ITEM:
752 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
753 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
754 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
755 called the:
756 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
757
758 ANCESTORS:
759 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
761 of the ITEM.
762 OFFSPRING:
763 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
764 SUBTOPIC:
765 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
766 CHILD:
767 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
768 SIBLINGS:
769 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
770
771 Topic text constituents:
772
773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
774 text.
775 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
776 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
777 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
779 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
780 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
781 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
782 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
783 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
784 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
785 the PREFIX.
786
787 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
788 of the ITEM.
789 PREFIX-LEAD:
790 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
791 It can be customized by changing the setting of
792 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
793
794 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
795 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
796 program code without interfering with processing of the text
797 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
798 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
799 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
800 docstring for more detail.
801 PREFIX-PADDING:
802 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
803 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
805 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
806 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
807 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
808 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
809 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
810 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
811 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
812 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
813 more details.
814 EXPOSURE:
815 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
816 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
817 CONCEALED:
818 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
819 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
820
821 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
823 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
824
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
826
827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
828
829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
831
832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
834
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
836
837 ;;;***
838 \f
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
840 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
841 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
842 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
843
844 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
845 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
846
847 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
848
849 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
850
851 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
852 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
853
854 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
855 visiting an outline.
856
857 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
858 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
859
860 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
861 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
862 you want allout widgets operation.
863
864 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
865
866 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
867
868 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
869
870 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
871 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
875
876 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
877 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
878 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
879
880 The graphics include:
881
882 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
883
884 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
885 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
886
887 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
888 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
889
890 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
891 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
892 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
893
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
895
896 ;;;***
897 \f
898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 0
899 ;;;;;; 0))
900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
901
902 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
903
904 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
905 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
906 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
907 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
908 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
909 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
910
911 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
912
913 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
914
915
916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
917
918 ;;;***
919 \f
920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 0
921 ;;;;;; 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
923
924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
930 in the current window.
931
932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
933
934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
937 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
939 buffer if one does not exist.
940
941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
942
943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
948
949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
950
951 ;;;***
952 \f
953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 0
954 ;;;;;; 0))
955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
956 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
957
958 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
959 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
960
961 \(fn)" t nil)
962
963 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
964 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
965
966 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
967 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
968 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
969 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
970
971 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
972 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
973
974 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
975
976 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
977
978 ;;;***
979 \f
980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
983 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
984
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
991
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
996
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1012
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1019
1020 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1021 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1022 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1023 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1024 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1025 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1026
1027 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1028
1029 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1030 Toggle checking of appointments.
1031 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1032 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1033
1034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1035
1036 ;;;***
1037 \f
1038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1040
1041 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1042 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1043 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1044 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1045
1046 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1047 kind of objects to search.
1048
1049 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1050
1051 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1052 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1057
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 variables, not just user options.
1060
1061 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1062
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1065 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1066 like `apropos-user-option'.
1067
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1069
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1071
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1078
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1081
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1084
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1087
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1089
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1092
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1094
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1099
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1104
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1107
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1109
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1117
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1126
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1130
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1132
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1134
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1146
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1155
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1162
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1166
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1168
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1170
1171 ;;;***
1172 \f
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1175
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1178
1179 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1182
1183 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1184
1185 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1188
1189 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1194
1195 Variables you assign:
1196 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1197 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1198 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1200 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201 row numbers in the buffer.
1202
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1206
1207 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1209
1210 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1211 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1212 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1213 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1214
1215 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1219
1220 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1224
1225 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226 between that of point and mark.
1227
1228 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1229 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1230
1231 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1232 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1233 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234 newlines inside rows)
1235
1236 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1237
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1239
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1241
1242 ;;;***
1243 \f
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1245 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1247 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1248
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1254
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1256
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1258
1259
1260 How to submit a bug report
1261
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1263
1264
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1266
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1271
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1275
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1309
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1315
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1319
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1323
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1325
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1328
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1332
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1335
1336
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1339
1340
1341 Settings
1342
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1344
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1346
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1348
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1350
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1353
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1355
1356
1357 Drawing with keys
1358
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1367
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1376
1377
1378 Arrows
1379
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386
1387 Selecting operation
1388
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1390
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1411
1412
1413 Variables
1414
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1417
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1437
1438 Hooks
1439
1440 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1441
1442
1443 Keymap summary
1444
1445 \\{artist-mode-map}
1446
1447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1448
1449 ;;;***
1450 \f
1451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 27241
1452 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
1453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1454
1455 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1456 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1457 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1458
1459 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1463
1464 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1465 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1466
1467 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1468 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1469
1470 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1471
1472 Special commands:
1473 \\{asm-mode-map}
1474
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1476
1477 ;;;***
1478 \f
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1480 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1482
1483 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1484 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1485 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1486 let-binding.")
1487
1488 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1489
1490 ;;;***
1491 \f
1492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1494
1495 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1496 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1497 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1498
1499 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1500
1501 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1502 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1504 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1506
1507 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1508 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1509 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1510 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1511 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1512 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1513 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1514 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1515
1516 For example:
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1518 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1519 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1520 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1521 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1522
1523 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1524
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1526
1527 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1528 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1529 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1532 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1533
1534 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1535
1536 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1537 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1541
1542 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1543 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1544 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1545
1546 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1547
1548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1549
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1555
1556 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1557 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1558
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1560
1561 ;;;***
1562 \f
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 0
1564 ;;;;;; 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1566
1567 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1568 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1569 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1570
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1572
1573 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1576 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1577
1578 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1579
1580 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1581 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1582 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1585 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1586
1587 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1588
1589 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1590 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1594
1595 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1596 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1597
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1599
1600 ;;;***
1601 \f
1602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1603 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1605
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1607
1608 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1609
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1613
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1619
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1621
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1623
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1629
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1632
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1639
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1641
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1647
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1649
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 0
1653 ;;;;;; 0))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1655
1656 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1657 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1661
1662 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1663 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1664 disk changes.
1665
1666 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1667 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1668 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1669
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1671
1672 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1673 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1674
1675 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1676 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1677
1678 \(fn)" nil nil)
1679
1680 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1683 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1684 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1685
1686 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1687 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1688 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1689 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1690 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1691
1692 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1693 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1694 writing before you save the file!
1695
1696 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1697
1698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1699
1700 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1702
1703 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1704 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1705
1706 \(fn)" nil nil)
1707
1708 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1709 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1710 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1714
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1716
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1722
1723 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1726
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1732
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1736
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1738
1739 ;;;***
1740 \f
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 35662 356409 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1743
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1749
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1751
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1756
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1760
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1770
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1774
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1776
1777 ;;;***
1778 \f
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21559 49204
1780 ;;;;;; 612992 0))
1781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1782
1783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1784
1785 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1786 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1787
1788 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1789 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1790 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1791
1792 \\{bat-mode-map}
1793
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1795
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1800 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1801
1802 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1803 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1804 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1805 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1806
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1808
1809 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1810 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1811 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1817
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1828
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1830
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1834 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1871 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1873
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1880 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1881 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1882 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1883
1884 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1885 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1886 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1887
1888 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1889
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1891 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1892
1893 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1894
1895 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1896 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1897 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1898 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1899
1900 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1901 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1902 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1903 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1904 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1905
1906 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1907 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1908
1909
1910 Special information:
1911
1912 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1913
1914 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1915 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1916 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1917 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1918 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1919 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1920 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1922 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1923 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1924 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1925
1926 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1927 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1928 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1929 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1930 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1931 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1932 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1933 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1934
1935 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1936
1937 ----------------------------------------------------------
1938 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1939 if that value is non-nil.
1940
1941 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1942
1943 \(fn)" t nil)
1944
1945 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1946 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1947 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1948 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1949 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1950 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1951 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1952 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1953 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1954 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1955 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1956 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1957
1958 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1959
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1965
1966 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1967 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1968
1969 \(fn)" t nil)
1970
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1975
1976 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1977 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1978
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1981 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1982
1983 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1984
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1987
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1989
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1992
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1994
1995 ;;;***
1996 \f
1997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
1998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2000
2001 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Play blackbox.
2003 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2004
2005 What is blackbox?
2006
2007 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2008 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2009 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2010 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2011 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2012 your score.
2013
2014 Overview of play:
2015
2016 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2017 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2018 four.
2019
2020 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2021 movement keys.
2022
2023 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2024 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2025
2026 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2027 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2028
2029 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2030 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2031 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2032 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2033 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2034 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2035
2036 Details:
2037
2038 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2039
2040 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2041 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2042 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2043 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2044
2045 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2046 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2047 denoted by the letter `R'.
2048
2049 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2050 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2051 denoted by the letter `H'.
2052
2053 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2054 example.
2055
2056 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2057 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2058 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2059 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2060 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2061 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2062 ray.
2063
2064 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2065 degree deflection it causes.
2066
2067 1
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2071 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2076 2 3
2077
2078 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2079 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2080
2081
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2090
2091 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2092 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2093 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2094 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2095 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2096 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2097 emerging from the box.
2098
2099 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2100
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2106 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109
2110 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2111 a reflection.
2112
2113 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2114
2115 ;;;***
2116 \f
2117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21396 17985 27631
2118 ;;;;;; 0))
2119 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2121 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2123
2124 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2125 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2126 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2127 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2128 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2129 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2130 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2131
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2133 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2134 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2135
2136 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2137 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2138 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2139 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2140 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2141 recent one.
2142
2143 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2144 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2145 yank successive words.
2146
2147 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2148 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2149 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2150 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2151 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2152
2153 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2154 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2155 the list of bookmarks.)
2156
2157 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2158
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2160 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2161 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2162 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2163 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2164 this.
2165
2166 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2167 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2168 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2169 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2170
2171 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2172 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2173
2174 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2175 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2176 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2177
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2181 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2182
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2184
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2186 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2187
2188 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2189 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2190 after a bookmark was set in it.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2195 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2196
2197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2201
2202 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2203
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2205 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2206 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2207 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2208
2209 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2210 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2211 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2212
2213 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2214 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2215 name.
2216
2217 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2218
2219 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2220 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2221 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2222
2223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2226 this.
2227
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2229
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2231 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2232
2233 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2234 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2235 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2236 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2237 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2238 probably because we were called from there.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2243 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2244 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2245
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2247
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2249 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2250 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2251 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2252 \(second argument).
2253
2254 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2255 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2256 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2257 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2258 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2259
2260 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2261 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2262 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'.
2264
2265 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2268 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2269 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2270 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2271 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2272 while loading.
2273
2274 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2275 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2276 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2277 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2278 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2279 explicitly.
2280
2281 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2282 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2283 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2284
2285 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2288 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2289 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2290 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2291 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2292
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2294
2295 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2296
2297 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2298
2299 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2300 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2301
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2303
2304 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2305
2306 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2307
2308 ;;;***
2309 \f
2310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21361 65337
2311 ;;;;;; 555586 0))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2313
2314 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2315 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2316 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2317 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2318
2319 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2320 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2321 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2322 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2323 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2324
2325 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2326
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2329 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2330 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2331 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2332 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2333
2334 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2338 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2339 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2340 narrowed.
2341
2342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2345 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2346
2347 \(fn)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2351
2352 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2357 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2358 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2359 first, if that exists.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2365 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367
2368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2372 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2373 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2374 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2375 to use.
2376
2377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2380 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2381 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2382 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2383
2384 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2389 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2390
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2395
2396 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2397 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2398 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2399
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2408 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2409
2410 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2411 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2412 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2413 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414
2415 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2416 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2417 new tab in an existing window instead.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2427 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2428 Firefox.
2429
2430 When called interactively, if variable
2431 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2432 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2433 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2437 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2438 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2439
2440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2441 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442
2443 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2444 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2445 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2447 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2448 URL in a new window.
2449
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2464
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2473
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2487 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2488
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2491 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2492 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2501
2502 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2504 program is invoked according to the variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2506
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2511
2512 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2513 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2519 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520
2521 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2522 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2523 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2524
2525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2526 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2527 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2528 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529
2530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2541 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2550 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2551 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2552
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2557 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2558 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2559 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2560 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2569
2570 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2571 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2572 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2573 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2579
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2581 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2582 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2583 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2585 current one.
2586
2587 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2588 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2589 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2590 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2591
2592 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2593 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2596
2597 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2598 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2599 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2600 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2601 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2602 don't offer a form of remote control.
2603
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around the point.
2615
2616 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2617 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2618
2619 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2620 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2621
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623
2624 ;;;***
2625 \f
2626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 63160 995987 0))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2628 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2629
2630 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2631 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2632 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2633 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2634
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2641
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2645 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2646
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2648
2649 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2650 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2651 \\<bs-mode-map>
2652 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2653 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2654 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2655 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2656
2657 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2658 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2659 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2660 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2661 name of buffer configuration.
2662
2663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2664
2665 ;;;***
2666 \f
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 0
2668 ;;;;;; 0))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2670
2671 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2672 Play Bubbles game.
2673 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2674 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2675 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2676 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2677 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2678 columns on its right towards the left.
2679
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2684
2685 \(fn)" t nil)
2686
2687 ;;;***
2688 \f
2689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2690 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2692
2693 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2694
2695 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2696 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2700
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2702
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2705
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2707
2708 ;;;***
2709 \f
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21578
2711 ;;;;;; 13627 353178 0))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716
2717 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2718
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2720 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2721 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2722 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2723 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2724 else the global value will be modified.
2725
2726 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2727
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2731 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2734
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2738 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2739 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2740
2741 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2742
2743 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2745 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2747
2748 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2749 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2750 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2751 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2752 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2753 before scanning it.
2754
2755 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2756 that already has a `.elc' file.
2757
2758 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2759 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2760
2761 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2762 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2763 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2764 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2765 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2766 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2767
2768 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2772 Print the result in the echo area.
2773 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2778 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2779 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2780
2781 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2784 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2785 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2786 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2787 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2788 all functions called by those functions.
2789
2790 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2791 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2792 cons, etc.).
2793
2794 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2795 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2796 invoked interactively.
2797
2798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2799
2800 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2801 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2802 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2803 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2804
2805 \(fn)" nil nil)
2806
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2812 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2813 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2814 already up-to-date.
2815
2816 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2820 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2821 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2822
2823 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2824 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2825 and corresponding effects.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2832 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2834
2835 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836
2837 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2850
2851 ;;;***
2852 \f
2853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2854 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2856
2857 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2858 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2859 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2860 from the cursor position.
2861
2862 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2863
2864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2865
2866 ;;;***
2867 \f
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21421 21182 542043 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2871
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2874
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2879
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2889
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2896
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2904
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2915
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2920
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2925
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2931
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Define Calc function.
2936
2937 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2938 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2939 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2940
2941 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2942 actual Lisp function name.
2943
2944 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2945
2946 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2947
2948 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2949
2950 ;;;***
2951 \f
2952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2955
2956 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2957
2958
2959 \(fn N)" t nil)
2960
2961 ;;;***
2962 \f
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 0
2964 ;;;;;; 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2966
2967 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2968 Run the Emacs calculator.
2969 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2970
2971 \(fn)" t nil)
2972
2973 ;;;***
2974 \f
2975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21517 36917
2976 ;;;;;; 994200 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2978
2979 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2980 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2981 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2982 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2983 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2984 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2985
2986 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2987 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2988 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2989 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2990 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2991 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2992 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2993 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2994 window.
2995
2996 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2997 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2998
2999 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3000 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3001 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3002 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3003 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3004 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3005
3006 Runs the following hooks:
3007
3008 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3009 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3010 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3011 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3012
3013 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3014
3015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3016
3017 ;;;***
3018 \f
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 0
3020 ;;;;;; 0))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3022
3023 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3024 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3025
3026 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3027
3028 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3029 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3030 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3031 it fails.
3032
3033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3034
3035 ;;;***
3036 \f
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3038 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3040
3041 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3042 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3044 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3045 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3046
3047 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3048 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3049 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3050 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3051 restriction to ASCII.
3052
3053 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3054
3055 capitalizedWorDD
3056 ^ ^ ^^
3057
3058 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3059 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3060 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3061
3062 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3063 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3064 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3065 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3066 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3067 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3068 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3069
3070 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3071 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3072
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3074
3075 ;;;***
3076 \f
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3078 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3080
3081 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3082 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3083
3084 \(fn)" nil nil)
3085
3086 ;;;***
3087 \f
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3091
3092 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3093 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3094
3095 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3096 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3097
3098 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3099 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3100
3101 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3102
3103 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3104 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3105 made from scratch.
3106
3107 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108
3109 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3110 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3111
3112 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3113 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3114 made from scratch.
3115
3116 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3117
3118 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3120
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3122
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3126
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3131
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3135
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3140
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3151
3152 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3153 variables are guessed:
3154
3155 * `c-basic-offset', and
3156 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3157 `c-offsets-alist'.
3158
3159 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3160 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3161
3162 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3163 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3164
3165 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3166 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3167 guess is made from scratch.
3168
3169 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3170 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3171
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3173
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3176 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3178
3179 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3180 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3181 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3182
3183 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3184
3185 ;;;***
3186 \f
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3188 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3190
3191 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3192 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3193 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3194 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3195 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3196 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3197 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3198
3199 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3208
3209 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3211 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3212 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3213 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3214 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3215
3216 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3217
3218 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3219 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3220
3221 Key bindings:
3222 \\{c-mode-map}
3223
3224 \(fn)" t nil)
3225
3226 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3227 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3228 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3229 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3230 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3231 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3232 message.
3233
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3238
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c++-mode-map}
3241
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3244
3245 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3246 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3247 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3248 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3249 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3250 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3251 message.
3252
3253 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3254
3255 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3256 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3257
3258 Key bindings:
3259 \\{objc-mode-map}
3260
3261 \(fn)" t nil)
3262 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3263
3264 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing Java code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3271
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3276
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{java-mode-map}
3279
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3282
3283 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3284 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3285 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3286 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3287 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3288 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3289 message.
3290
3291 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292
3293 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3294 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3295
3296 Key bindings:
3297 \\{idl-mode-map}
3298
3299 \(fn)" t nil)
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3302
3303 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3306 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3310
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3315
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{pike-mode-map}
3318
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3324 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3325
3326 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3327 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3328 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3329 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3330 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3331 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3332
3333 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334
3335 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3336 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3337
3338 Key bindings:
3339 \\{awk-mode-map}
3340
3341 \(fn)" t nil)
3342
3343 ;;;***
3344 \f
3345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3346 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3348
3349 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3350 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3351 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3352 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3353
3354 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3355
3356 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3357 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3358 might get set too.
3359
3360 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3361 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3362 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3363 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3364 in this way.
3365
3366 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3367 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3368 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3369 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3370 a null operation.
3371
3372 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3373
3374 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3375 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3376 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3377 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3378
3379 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3380
3381 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3382 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3383 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3384
3385 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3386
3387 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3388 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3389 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3390 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3391 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3392
3393 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3394
3395 ;;;***
3396 \f
3397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3398 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3400 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3401 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3402 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3403
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 0
3407 ;;;;;; 0))
3408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3409
3410 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3411 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3412
3413 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3414
3415 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3416 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3417
3418 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3419
3420 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3421 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3422
3423 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3424 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3425 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3426 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3427 execution.
3428
3429 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3430
3431 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3432
3433 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3434 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3435
3436 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3437 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3438 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3439 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3440
3441 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3442 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3443 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3444 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3445 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3446 `write' commands.
3447
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3449 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3450 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3452
3453 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3454 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3455 semantics.
3456
3457 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3458
3459 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3460
3461 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3462
3463 STATEMENT :=
3464 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3465 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3466
3467 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3468 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3469 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3470 | integer
3471
3472 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3473
3474 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3475 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3476 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3477
3478 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3479 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3480 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3481
3482 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3483 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3484
3485 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3486 BREAK := (break)
3487
3488 REPEAT :=
3489 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3490 (repeat)
3491 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3492 ;; (repeat))
3493 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3494 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3495 ;; (read REG)
3496 ;; (repeat))
3497 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3498 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3499 ;; (read REG)
3500 ;; (repeat))
3501 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3502
3503 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3504 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3505 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3506 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3507 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3508 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3511 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3512 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3513 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3514 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3515 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3516 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3517 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3518 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3519
3520 WRITE :=
3521 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3522 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3523 ;; representation.
3524 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3525 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3526 ;; (write r7))
3527 | (write EXPRESSION)
3528 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3529 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 | (write integer)
3532 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3533 ;; buffer.
3534 | (write string)
3535 ;; Same as: (write string)
3536 | string
3537 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3538 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3539 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3540 ;; representation.
3541 | (write REG ARRAY)
3542 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3543 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3544 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3545 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3546 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3547 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3548
3549 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3550 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3551
3552 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3553 END := (end)
3554
3555 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3556 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3557 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3558
3559 ARG := REG | integer
3560
3561 OPERATOR :=
3562 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3563 + | - | * | / | %
3564
3565 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3566 | & | `|' | ^
3567
3568 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | << | >>
3570
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3573 | <8
3574
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3577 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3578 | >8
3579
3580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3582 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3583 | //
3584
3585 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3587
3588 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3589 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3590 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3591 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3592 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3593 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3594 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3595 | de-sjis
3596
3597 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3598 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3599 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3600 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3601 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3602 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3603 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3604 ;; byte of SJIS.
3605 | en-sjis
3606
3607 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3608 ;; Same meaning as C code
3609 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3610
3611 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3612 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3613 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3614 | <8=
3615
3616 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3617 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3618 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3619
3620 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3622 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3623 | //=
3624
3625 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3626
3627
3628 TRANSLATE :=
3629 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3630 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3631 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3632 LOOKUP :=
3633 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3634 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3635 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3636 MAP :=
3637 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3638 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3639 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3640 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3641 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3642 MAP-ID := integer
3643
3644 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3645
3646 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3647
3648 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3649 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3650 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3651 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3652 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3653 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3654
3655 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3656
3657 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3658 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3659 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3660
3661 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3662
3663 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3664
3665 ;;;***
3666 \f
3667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3668 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3670
3671 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3672 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3673 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3674 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3675
3676 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3677
3678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3679
3680 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3681 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3682
3683 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3684
3685 ;;;***
3686 \f
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3689 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3690
3691 ;;;***
3692 \f
3693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3694 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3697
3698 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3699 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3700 There are no special keybindings by default.
3701
3702 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3703 to the action header.
3704
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3708 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3709 There are no special keybindings by default.
3710
3711 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3712 to the action header.
3713
3714 \(fn)" t nil)
3715
3716 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3717 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3718 on the buffer contents
3719
3720 \(fn)" nil nil)
3721
3722 ;;;***
3723 \f
3724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3725 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3727 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3728
3729 ;;;***
3730 \f
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3732 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3734
3735 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3736 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3737 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3738
3739 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3742 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3743 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3744
3745 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3746
3747 ;;;***
3748 \f
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3750 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3752 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3753 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3754 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3761
3762 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3763
3764
3765 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3768
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3770 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3771 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3772 the users will view as each check is completed.
3773
3774 \(fn)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3778 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3779 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3780 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3781 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3782 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3783 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3784
3785 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3789 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3790 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3791 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3792 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3793 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3794 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3795
3796 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3799 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3800 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3801 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3802 spacing are all verified.
3803
3804 \(fn)" t nil)
3805
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3807 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3808 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3809 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3810 otherwise stop after the first error.
3811
3812 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3815 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3816 Only documentation strings are checked.
3817 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3818 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3819 a separate buffer.
3820
3821 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3822
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3824 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3826 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3827 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3828
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3832 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3834 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3835 if there is one.
3836
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3842 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3843 if there is one.
3844 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3845
3846 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3847
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3849 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3850 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3851
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3855 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3856 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3857 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3858 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3859
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3863 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3864 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3865 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3866 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3867 space at the end of each line.
3868
3869 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3870
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3872 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3873 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3874 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3880 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3882
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3889
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3896
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3917
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3924
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3935 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3937 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3938 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3939
3940 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3941 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3942 checking of documentation strings.
3943
3944 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3945
3946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3947
3948 ;;;***
3949 \f
3950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3951 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3952 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3953
3954 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3955 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3956 Return the length of resulting text.
3957
3958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3959
3960 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3961 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3962
3963 \(fn)" t nil)
3964
3965 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3966 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3967 Return the length of resulting text.
3968
3969 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3970
3971 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3972 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3973
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3977
3978
3979 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3982
3983
3984 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3985
3986 ;;;***
3987 \f
3988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3989 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3990
3991 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3992 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3993 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3994 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3995 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3996 editing and the result is evaluated.
3997
3998 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4001 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4002 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4003 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4004 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4005
4006 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4007
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4011 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4012 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4013 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4014 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4015
4016 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4017 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4018 \\{command-history-map}
4019
4020 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4021 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4022
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4024
4025 ;;;***
4026 \f
4027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4028 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4030
4031 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4032 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4033 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4034 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4035 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4036 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4037 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4038 of this function.
4039
4040 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4041 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4042 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4043 property are:
4044
4045 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4046 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4047
4048 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4049 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4050 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4051 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4052 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4053 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4054 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4055 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4056 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4057 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4058 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4059 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4060
4061 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4062 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4063 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4064
4065 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4066 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4067 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4068 list elements are:
4069
4070 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4071
4072 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4073
4074 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4075
4076 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4077 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4078
4079 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4080 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4081
4082 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4083 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4084 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4085 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4086 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4087 value specified by their associated list element.
4088
4089 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4090
4091 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4092 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4093 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4094
4095 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4096 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4097 * indent the first argument by 4.
4098 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4099 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4100 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4101
4102 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4103
4104 ;;;***
4105 \f
4106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4107 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4109 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4110
4111 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4112
4113 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4114 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4115 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4116 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4117 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4118 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4119
4120 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4121 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4122
4123 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4124
4125 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4126
4127 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4128
4129 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4130
4131 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4132
4133 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4134
4135 ;;;***
4136 \f
4137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4138 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4140
4141 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4142 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4143 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4144 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4145
4146 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4147 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4148 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4149 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4150
4151 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4152 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4153
4154 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4155
4156 ;;;***
4157 \f
4158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4160
4161 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4162 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4163 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4164 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4165 of `scheme-program-name').
4166 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4167 it is given as initial input.
4168 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4169 discards input when it starts up.
4170 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4171 is run).
4172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4173
4174 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4175
4176 ;;;***
4177 \f
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4180
4181 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4182 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4183 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4184 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4185
4186 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4187 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4188
4189 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4190 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4191 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4192
4193 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4194
4195 ;;;***
4196 \f
4197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4199
4200 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4201 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4202 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4203 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4204 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4205 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4206 functions have already modified the buffer.
4207
4208 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4209
4210 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4211 either globally or locally.")
4212
4213 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4214 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4215 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4216 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4217
4218 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4219 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4220 `start-file-process'
4221 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4222 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4223 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4224
4225 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4226 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4227
4228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4229
4230 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4231
4232 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4233
4234 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4236 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4237 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4238 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4239 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4240 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4241 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4242 process as its initial input.
4243
4244 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4245
4246 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4247
4248 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4249
4250 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4251 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4252 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4253 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4254 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4255 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4256
4257 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4258
4259 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4260 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4261 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4262 directory tracking functions.")
4263
4264 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4265 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4266 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4267
4268 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4269
4270 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4271
4272 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4273 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4274 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4275
4276 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4277
4278 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4279
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to current process.
4282 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4283 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4284
4285 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4286
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4291
4292 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4297 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4299
4300 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4301 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4302 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4303 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4304
4305 This command pushes the mark in each window
4306 at the prior location of point in that window.
4307 If both windows display the same buffer,
4308 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4309 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4310
4311 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4312 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4313 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4314 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4315 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4316 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4317 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4318 ignored.
4319
4320 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4321 this command work in interlaced mode:
4322 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4323 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4324 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4325
4326 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4327
4328 ;;;***
4329 \f
4330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21586 7735
4331 ;;;;;; 250801 0))
4332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4333
4334 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4335 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4336
4337 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4338
4339 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4340 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4341 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4342
4343 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4344
4345 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4346 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4347 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4348
4349 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4350
4351 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4352 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4353 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4354 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4355 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4358 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4359 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4360 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4361 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4362
4363 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4364 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4365 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4366 describing how the process finished.")
4367
4368 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4369 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4370 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4371 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4372 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4373
4374 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4375 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4376 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4377
4378 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4379
4380 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4381 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4382 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4383 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4384
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4386
4387 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4388 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4389
4390 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4391 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4392
4393 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4394 (lambda ()
4395 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4396 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4397 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4398 (concat \"make -k \"
4399 (if buffer-file-name
4400 (shell-quote-argument
4401 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4402
4403 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4404 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4405
4406 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4407 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4408 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4409 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4410
4411 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4412
4413 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4414 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4415 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4416 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4417
4418 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4419 and move to the source code that caused it.
4420
4421 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4422 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4423
4424 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4425 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4426 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4427 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4428 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4429
4430 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4431 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4432 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4433 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4434
4435 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4436 kills its subprocesses.
4437
4438 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4439 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4440 to a function that generates a unique name.
4441
4442 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4443
4444 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4445 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4446 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4447 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4448
4449 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4450 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4451
4452 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4453 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4454 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4455 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4456
4457 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4458 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4459 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4460
4461 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4462
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4464
4465 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4466 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4467 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4468 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4469 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4470
4471 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4472
4473 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4474
4475 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4476
4477 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4478
4479 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4480 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4482 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4483 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4484
4485 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4486 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4487 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4488 See `compilation-mode'.
4489
4490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4491
4492 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4493 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4495 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4496 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4497
4498 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4499 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4500 `compilation-mode'.
4501
4502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4503
4504 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4505 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4506 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4507
4508 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4509
4510 ;;;***
4511 \f
4512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 0
4513 ;;;;;; 0))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4515
4516 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4517 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4518 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4521 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4522
4523 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4524
4525 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4526 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4528 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4529 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4530
4531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4532
4533 ;;;***
4534 \f
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4536 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4538
4539 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4540 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4541 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4542 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4543 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4544 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4545 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4546
4547 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4548 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4549 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4550
4551 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4552 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4553 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4554
4555 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4556 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4557 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4558 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4559
4560 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4561 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4562 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4563 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4564 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4565 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4566 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4567
4568 \\{conf-mode-map}
4569
4570 \(fn)" t nil)
4571
4572 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4573 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4574 Comments start with `#'.
4575 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4576
4577 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4578
4579 \[Desktop Entry]
4580 Encoding=UTF-8
4581 Name=The GIMP
4582 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4583 Name[cs]=GIMP
4584
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4586
4587 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4588 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4589 Comments start with `;'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4591
4592 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4593
4594 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4595 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4596 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4597
4598 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4599 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4600
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4604 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4605 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4606 between `/*' and `*/'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4608
4609 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4610 // another kind of comment
4611 /* yet another */
4612
4613 name:value
4614 name=value
4615 name value
4616 x.1 =
4617 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4618 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4619
4620 \(fn)" t nil)
4621
4622 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4623 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4624 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4625 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4626 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4627 `conf-space-keywords'.
4628 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4629 in an interactive fashion instead.
4630
4631 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4632
4633 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4634
4635 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4636 image/png png
4637 image/tiff tiff tif
4638
4639 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4640 class desktop
4641 # Standard multimedia devices
4642 add /dev/audio desktop
4643 add /dev/mixer desktop
4644
4645 \(fn)" t nil)
4646
4647 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4648 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4649 See `conf-space-mode'.
4650
4651 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4652
4653 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4654 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4655 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4656 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4657
4658 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4659
4660 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4661 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4662
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4666 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4667 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669
4670 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4671
4672 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4673 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4674
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4679 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681
4682 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4683
4684 *background: gray99
4685 *foreground: black
4686
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4688
4689 ;;;***
4690 \f
4691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 0
4692 ;;;;;; 0))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4694
4695 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4696 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4697 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4698 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4699 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4700 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4701
4702 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4703
4704 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4705 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4706 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4707 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4708
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4710
4711 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4712 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4713 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4714 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4715
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4717
4718 ;;;***
4719 \f
4720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4721 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4723 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4724 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4725 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4726
4727 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4728 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4729 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4730 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4731 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4732 following the copyright are updated as well.
4733 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4734 interactively.
4735
4736 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4737
4738 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4739 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4740 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4741 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4742 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4743
4744 \(fn)" t nil)
4745
4746 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4747 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4748
4749 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4752 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4753 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4754
4755 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4756
4757 ;;;***
4758 \f
4759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4760 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4762 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4763 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4764 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4765 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4766 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4768 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4769
4770 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4771 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4772 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4773 Tab indents for Perl code.
4774 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4775 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4776
4777 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4778 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4779 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4780 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4781 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4782 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4783 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4784 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4785 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4786 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4787 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4788 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4789
4790 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4791
4792 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4793 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4794
4795 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4796
4797 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4798 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4799 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4800 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4801 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4802 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4803 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4804 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4805 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4806
4807 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4808
4809 bite if angry;
4810
4811 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4812 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4813 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4814 to nil.)
4815
4816 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4817 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4818 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4819
4820 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4821
4822 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4823 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4824 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4825 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4826 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4827
4828 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4829
4830 if (A) { B }
4831
4832 into
4833
4834 B if A;
4835
4836 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4837
4838 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4839 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4840 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4841 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4842 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4843 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4844 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4845 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4846 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4847 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4848 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4849 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4850 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4851
4852 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4853 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4854 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4855 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4856 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4857 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4858
4859 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4860 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4861 man via menu.
4862
4863 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4864 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4865 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4866 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4867 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4868
4869 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4870 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4871 span the needed amount of lines.
4872
4873 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4874 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4875 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4876 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4877
4878 Variables controlling indentation style:
4879 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4880 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4881 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4882 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4883 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4884 `cperl-auto-newline'
4885 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4886 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4887 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4888 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4889 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4890 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4891 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4892 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4893 `cperl-indent-level'
4894 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4895 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4896 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4897 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4898 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4899 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4900 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4901 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4902 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4903 `cperl-brace-offset'
4904 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4905 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4906 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4907 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4908 `cperl-label-offset'
4909 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4910 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4911 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4912
4913 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4914 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4915 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4916 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4917 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4919
4920 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4921 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4922 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4923 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4924
4925 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4926 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4927 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4928 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4929 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4930 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4931 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4932
4933 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4934 column 0 is indented on
4935 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4936
4937 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4938 with no args.
4939
4940 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4941 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4942 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4943
4944 \(fn)" t nil)
4945
4946 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4947 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4948
4949 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4950
4951 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4952 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4953
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4955
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4960
4961 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4962 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4963 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4964 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4965 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4966
4967 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4970 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 ;;;***
4975 \f
4976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4978
4979 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4980 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4981 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4982 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4983 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4984 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4985 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4986 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4987
4988 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4989 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4990
4991 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4992 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4993 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4994
4995 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4996 with empty strings removed.
4997
4998 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4999
5000 ;;;***
5001 \f
5002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5003 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5005
5006 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5007 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5008
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5010
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21588 49464
5014 ;;;;;; 654417 0))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5016
5017 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5018 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5019 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5022 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5023
5024 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5025
5026 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5027 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5029 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5030 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5031
5032 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5033 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5034 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5035 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5036 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5037 normal function of these prefix keys.
5038
5039 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5040 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5041 options:
5042 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5043 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5044 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5045
5046 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5047 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5048 the prefix fallback behavior.
5049
5050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5051
5052 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5053 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5054
5055 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5056
5057 ;;;***
5058 \f
5059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21499 26326
5060 ;;;;;; 740865 488000))
5061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5062
5063 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5064 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5065 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5066
5067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5068
5069 ;;;***
5070 \f
5071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21567 8919 365077
5072 ;;;;;; 0))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5074
5075 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5076 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5077
5078 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5079
5080 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5081 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5082
5083 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5084
5085 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5086 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5087
5088 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5089
5090 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5091 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5092
5093 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5094 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5095
5096 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5097 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5098
5099 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5100
5101 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5102
5103 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5104 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5105 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5106
5107 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5108 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5109
5110 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5111 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5112
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5114 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5115
5116 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5117
5118 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5119
5120 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5121 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5122 Return VALUE.
5123
5124 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5125 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5126
5127 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5128 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5129
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5131 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5132
5133 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5134
5135 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5138 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5139 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5140 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5141
5142 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5143 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5144 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5145
5146 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5147
5148 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5149 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5150 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5151 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5152 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5153
5154 \(fn)" t nil)
5155
5156 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5157 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5158 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5159 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5160
5161 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5162
5163 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5164 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5165 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5166
5167 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5171
5172 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5173
5174 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5175
5176 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5177 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5178
5179 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5180
5181 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5182
5183 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5184 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5185 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5186
5187 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5188
5189 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5190 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5191 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5192 as part of Emacs itself.
5193
5194 Each elements looks like this:
5195
5196 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5197
5198 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5199 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5200 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5201 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5202 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5203 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5204 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5205 and `defface'.
5206
5207 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5208
5209 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5210 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5211 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5212 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5213 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5214
5215 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5216 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5217 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5218 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5219
5220 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5221
5222 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5223 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5224 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5225 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5226 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5227 release.
5228
5229 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5230 that were added or redefined since that version.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5236 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5237 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5238
5239 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5240
5241 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5242 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5243
5244 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5245
5246 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5247 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5248 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5249
5250 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5251 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5252
5253 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5257
5258 \(fn)" t nil)
5259
5260 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5262
5263 \(fn)" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize all saved options and faces.
5267
5268 \(fn)" t nil)
5269
5270 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5272 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5273 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5274 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5275 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5276
5277 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5278 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5279 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5280
5281 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5285
5286 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5290
5291 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5295
5296 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5299 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5300 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5301 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5302 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5303 that option.
5304 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5305
5306 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5307
5308 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5309 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5310 The result includes selecting that window.
5311 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5312 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5313 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5314 that option.
5315
5316 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5317
5318 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5319 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5320
5321 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5322
5323 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5324 File used for storing customization information.
5325 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5326 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5327 it should be an absolute file name.
5328
5329 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5330 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5331 something like the following in your init file:
5332
5333 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5334 \(load custom-file)
5335
5336 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5337 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5338
5339 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5340 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5341 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5342 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5343 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5344
5345 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5346 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5347 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5348 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5349 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5350 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5351 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5352 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5353 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5354 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5355
5356 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5357
5358 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5359 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5360
5361 \(fn)" nil nil)
5362
5363 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5364 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5365
5366 \(fn)" t nil)
5367
5368 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5369 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5370 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5371
5372 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5376 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5377 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5378 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5379
5380 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5381
5382 ;;;***
5383 \f
5384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5386
5387 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5388 Create or edit a custom theme.
5389 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5390 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5391 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5392 from the Custom save file.
5393 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5394 named *Custom Theme*.
5395
5396 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5397
5398 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5399 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5400
5401 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5402
5403 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5404 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5405
5406 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5407
5408 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5409 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5410 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5411 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5412
5413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5414
5415 ;;;***
5416 \f
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5418 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5420
5421 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5422 Mode used for cvs status output.
5423
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5425
5426 ;;;***
5427 \f
5428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 0
5429 ;;;;;; 0))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5431 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5432
5433 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5434 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5435
5436 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5437
5438 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5439 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5440 C++ modes are included.
5441
5442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5443 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5444 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5445
5446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5447
5448 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5449
5450 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5451 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5452 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5455 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5456
5457 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5458
5459 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5460 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5461 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5462 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5463 ARG is omitted or nil.
5464
5465 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5466 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5467 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5468
5469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5470
5471 ;;;***
5472 \f
5473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5474 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
5475 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5476
5477 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5478 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5479
5480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5481
5482 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5483 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5484
5485 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5486
5487 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5488 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5489 For readability, the table is slightly
5490 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5491
5492 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5493 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5494 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5495 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5496 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5497
5498 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5499
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5503 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5504 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5505 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5506 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5507 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5508
5509 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5510 Completion on current word.
5511 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5512 and presents suggestions for completion.
5513
5514 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5515 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5516 completions.
5517
5518 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5519 then it searches *all* buffers.
5520
5521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5522
5523 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5524 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5525
5526 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5527 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5528 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5529 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5530 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5531
5532 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5533 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5534
5535 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5536 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5537 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5538
5539 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5540 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5541
5542 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5543
5544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5545
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5549 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5551
5552 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5553 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5554
5555 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5556
5557 ;;;***
5558 \f
5559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21406 53815 191813 0))
5560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5561
5562 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5563 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5564 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5565 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5566 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5567
5568 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5569
5570 ;;;***
5571 \f
5572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5573 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5575
5576 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5577 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5578
5579 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5580 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5581 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5582
5583 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5584 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5585 Data lines are not indented.
5586
5587 Key bindings:
5588
5589 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5590 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5591
5592 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5593 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5594 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5595 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5596
5597 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5598
5599 dcl-basic-offset
5600 Extra indentation within blocks.
5601
5602 dcl-continuation-offset
5603 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5604
5605 dcl-margin-offset
5606 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5607
5608 dcl-margin-label-offset
5609 Indentation for a label.
5610
5611 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5612 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5613
5614 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5615 dcl-block-end-regexp
5616 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5617 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5618 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5619 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5620 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5621
5622 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5623 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5624 Two such functions are included in the package:
5625 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5626 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5627
5628 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5630 One such function is included in the package:
5631 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5632
5633 dcl-tab-always-indent
5634 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5635 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5636 margin.
5637
5638 dcl-electric-characters
5639 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5640 typed.
5641
5642 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5643 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5644 which words trigger electric indentation.
5645
5646 dcl-tempo-comma
5647 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5648 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5649 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5650
5651 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5652 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5653 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5654 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5655
5656 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5657 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5658 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5659 dcl-imenu-label-call
5660 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5661
5662 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5663 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5664 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5666
5667
5668 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5669
5670 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5671 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5672 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5673 $ i = 1
5674 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5675 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5676 $ label:
5677 $ if i.eq.1
5678 $ then
5679 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5680 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5681 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5682 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5683 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5684 \"lined up with the command line\"
5685 $ type sys$input
5686 Data lines are not indented at all.
5687 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5688 $ endif
5689 $
5690
5691
5692 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5693 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5694
5695 \(fn)" t nil)
5696
5697 ;;;***
5698 \f
5699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5700 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5702
5703 (setq debugger 'debug)
5704
5705 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5706 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5707 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5708 of the evaluator.
5709
5710 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5711 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5712 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5713
5714 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5715
5716 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5717 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5718
5719 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5720
5721 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5722 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5723 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5724 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5725 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5726 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5727
5728 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5729 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5730
5731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5732
5733 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5734 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5735 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5736 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5737 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5738
5739 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5740
5741 ;;;***
5742 \f
5743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5744 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5746
5747 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5748 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5749
5750 \(fn)" t nil)
5751
5752 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5753 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5754 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5755 Upper-case letters are commands.
5756
5757 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5758 modify it.
5759
5760 The most useful commands are:
5761 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5762 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5763 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5764 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5765 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5766 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5767
5768 \(fn)" t nil)
5769
5770 ;;;***
5771 \f
5772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5774 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5775
5776 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5777 Customization of `columns' group.
5778
5779 \(fn)" t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5782 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5783
5784 START and END delimits the text region.
5785
5786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5790
5791 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5792
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21586 50103 617693 0))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5799
5800 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5801
5802 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5803 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5804 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5807 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5808
5809 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5810
5811 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5812 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5814 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5815 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5816
5817 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5818 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5819 point regardless of any selection.
5820
5821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5822
5823 ;;;***
5824 \f
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5826 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5828
5829 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5830 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5831
5832 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5833
5834 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5835 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5836 or nil if there is no parent.
5837 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5838 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5839 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5840 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5841 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5842
5843 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5844 arguments are currently understood:
5845 :group GROUP
5846 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5847 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5848 :syntax-table TABLE
5849 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5850 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5851 :abbrev-table TABLE
5852 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5853 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5854
5855 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5856
5857 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5858
5859 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5860 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5861 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5862
5863 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5864 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5865
5866 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5867 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5868 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5869
5870 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5871 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5872
5873 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5874 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5875
5876 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5877
5878 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5879
5880 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5881
5882 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5883 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5884 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5885 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5886 the first time the mode is used.
5887
5888 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5889
5890 ;;;***
5891 \f
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 0
5893 ;;;;;; 0))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5895
5896 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5897 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5898 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5899 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5900 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5901 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5902 otherwise.
5903
5904 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5905
5906 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5907 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5908 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5909 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5910
5911 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5912 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5913 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5914
5915 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5916 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5917 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5918 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5919 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5920 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5921 relevant to POS.
5922
5923 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5924
5925 ;;;***
5926 \f
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21520 13117 11728 0))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5929
5930 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5931 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5932 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5935 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5936
5937 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5938
5939 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5940 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5942 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5943 is omitted or nil.
5944
5945 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5946 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5947 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5948 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5949
5950 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5951 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5952
5953 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5954 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5955
5956 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5957
5958 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5959
5960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5961
5962 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5963 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5964 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5965 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5966
5967 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5968
5969 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5970 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5971
5972 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5973 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5974 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5975
5976 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5977 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5978
5979 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5980 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5981 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5982
5983 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5984 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5985 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5986 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5987
5988 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5989
5990 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5991 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5992
5993 Handlers are called with argument list
5994
5995 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5996
5997 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5998
5999 `desktop-file-version'
6000 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6001 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6002 `desktop-buffer-point'
6003 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6004 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6005 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6006
6007 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6008 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6009
6010 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6011 code like
6012
6013 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6014 ...
6015 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6016 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6017
6018 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6019
6020 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6021
6022 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6023 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6024 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6025 List elements must have the form
6026
6027 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6028
6029 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6030 function.
6031
6032 Handlers are called with argument list
6033
6034 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6035
6036 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6037
6038 `desktop-file-version'
6039 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6040 `desktop-buffer-name'
6041 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6042 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6043 `desktop-buffer-point'
6044 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6045 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6046 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6047
6048 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6049 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6050 created and set.
6051
6052 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6053 code like
6054
6055 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6056 ...
6057 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6058 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6059
6060 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6061
6062 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6063
6064 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6065
6066 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6067 Empty the Desktop.
6068 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6069 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6070 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6071 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6072 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6073 if different).
6074
6075 \(fn)" t nil)
6076
6077 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6078 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6079 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6080 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6081 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6082 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6083 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6084
6085 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6086
6087 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6088 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6089 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6090
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6094 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6095 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6096 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6097 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6098 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6099 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6100 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6101
6102 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6103
6104 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6105 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6106 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6107
6108 \(fn)" nil nil)
6109
6110 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6111
6112 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6113 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6114 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6115 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6116 directory DIRNAME.
6117
6118 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6119
6120 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6121 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6122
6123 \(fn)" t nil)
6124
6125 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6126 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6127
6128 \(fn)" t nil)
6129
6130 ;;;***
6131 \f
6132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6133 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6135
6136 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6137 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6138 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6139 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6140 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6141 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6142
6143 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6144
6145 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6146 Repair a broken attribution line.
6147 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6148
6149 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6150
6151 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6152 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6153 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6154 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6155
6156 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6157
6158 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6159 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6160
6161 \(fn)" t nil)
6162
6163 ;;;***
6164 \f
6165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21519
6166 ;;;;;; 16950 560827 246000))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6168
6169 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6170 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6171 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6172 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6173 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6174
6175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6178 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6179 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6180 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6181
6182 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6183 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6184 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6185 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6186
6187 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6188 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6189
6190 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6191 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6192 calendar-date-style 'european
6193 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6194
6195 \(diary-mail-entries)
6196
6197 # diary-rem.el ends here
6198
6199 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6200
6201 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6202 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6203
6204 \(fn)" t nil)
6205
6206 ;;;***
6207 \f
6208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6210
6211 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6212 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6213
6214 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6215
6216 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6217 The command to use to run diff.")
6218
6219 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6220
6221 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6222 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6223 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6224 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6225 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6226 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6227
6228 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6229 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6230 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6231
6232 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6235 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6236 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6237 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6238 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6239 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6240
6241 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6244 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6245
6246 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6247
6248 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6249 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6250 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6251
6252 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6253
6254 ;;;***
6255 \f
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21574 16579
6257 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6259
6260 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6261 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6262 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6263 normal diffs.
6264
6265 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6266 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6267 headers for you on-the-fly.
6268
6269 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6270 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6271 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6272
6273 \\{diff-mode-map}
6274
6275 \(fn)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6278 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6282
6283 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6284
6285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6286
6287 ;;;***
6288 \f
6289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6291
6292 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6293 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6294 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6295
6296 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6297
6298 ;;;***
6299 \f
6300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21574 16579 173517 0))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6302
6303 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6304 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6305 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6306 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6307 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6308 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6309 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6310 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6311
6312 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6313
6314 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6315 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6316 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6317 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6318 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6319 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6320
6321 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6322 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6323 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6324 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6325 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6326 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6327 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6328 list of files to make directory entries for.
6329 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6330 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6331 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6332
6333 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6334
6335 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6336 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6337
6338 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6339 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6340
6341 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6342 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6343
6344 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6345 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6346
6347 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6348
6349 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6350 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6351
6352 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6353
6354 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6355 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6356 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6357 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6358 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6359 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6360 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6361 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6362 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6363 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6364 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6365 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6366 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6367 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6368 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6369 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6370 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6371 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6372 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6373 to see why something went wrong.
6374 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6375 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6376 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6377 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6378 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6379 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6380 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6381 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6382 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6383 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6384 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6385 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6386 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6387
6388 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6389 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6390 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6391 again for the directory tree.
6392
6393 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6394 for more info):
6395
6396 `dired-listing-switches'
6397 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6398 `dired-marker-char'
6399 `dired-del-marker'
6400 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6401 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6402 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6403 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6404
6405 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6406
6407 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6408 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6409 `dired-mode-hook'
6410 `dired-load-hook'
6411
6412 Keybindings:
6413 \\{dired-mode-map}
6414
6415 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6416 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6417
6418 ;;;***
6419 \f
6420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6421 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6422
6423 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6424 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6426 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6427 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6428
6429 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6430 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6431 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6432
6433 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6434 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6435 directory.
6436
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6438
6439 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6440 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6441 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6442 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6443 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6444 from `default-directory'.
6445
6446 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6447
6448 ;;;***
6449 \f
6450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6451 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6453
6454 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6455 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6456 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6457 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6458 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6459 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6460
6461 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6462
6463 ;;;***
6464 \f
6465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 0
6466 ;;;;;; 0))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6468
6469 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6470 Return a new, empty display table.
6471
6472 \(fn)" nil nil)
6473
6474 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6475 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6476 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6477 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6478 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6479
6480 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6481
6482 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6483 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6484 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6485 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6486 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6487
6488 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6491 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6492
6493 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6494
6495 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6496 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6497
6498 \(fn)" t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6501 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6502
6503 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6504 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6505
6506 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6507 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6508 byte.
6509
6510 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6511 in the default way after this call.
6512
6513 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6514
6515 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6516 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6517
6518 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6519
6520 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6521 Display character C using printable string S.
6522
6523 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6524
6525 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6526 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6527 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6528 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6529
6530 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6534 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6535 X frame.
6536
6537 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6540 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6541
6542 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6543
6544 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6545 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6546
6547 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6548
6549 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6550 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6551
6552 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6553
6554 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6555 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6556
6557 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6558
6559 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6560 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6561
6562 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6563
6564 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6565 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6566
6567 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6568 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6569
6570 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6571 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6572
6573 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6574 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6575 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6576 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6577
6578 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6579 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6580 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6581 in `.emacs'.
6582
6583 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6584
6585 ;;;***
6586 \f
6587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6588 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6590
6591 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6592 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6593 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6594 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6595 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6596 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6597 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6598 Default is 2.
6599
6600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6601
6602 ;;;***
6603 \f
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6605 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6606
6607 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6608 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6609 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6610 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6611 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6612 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6613 private or ask).
6614 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6615 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6616 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6617 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6618 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6619
6620 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6621
6622 ;;;***
6623 \f
6624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6625 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6627
6628 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6629 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6630 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6631 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6632 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6633 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6634 table and its own syntax table.
6635
6636 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6637
6638 \(fn)" t nil)
6639 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6640
6641 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6642 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6643
6644 \(fn)" t nil)
6645
6646 ;;;***
6647 \f
6648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21578 13627 353178
6649 ;;;;;; 0))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6651
6652 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6653 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6654 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6655 OpenDocument format).
6656
6657 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6658
6659 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6660 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6661
6662 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6663 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6664
6665 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6666 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6667 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6668
6669 \(fn)" t nil)
6670
6671 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6672 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6673 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6674 to the next best mode.
6675
6676 \(fn)" nil nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6679 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6681 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6682 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6683
6684 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6685
6686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6687
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6689
6690
6691 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6692
6693 ;;;***
6694 \f
6695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6697
6698 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6699 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6700
6701 \(fn)" t nil)
6702
6703 ;;;***
6704 \f
6705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6707
6708 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6709 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6713
6714 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6715 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6716
6717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6718
6719 ;;;***
6720 \f
6721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6723 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6724
6725 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6726 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6727
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6729
6730 ;;;***
6731 \f
6732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6733 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6735
6736 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6737
6738 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6739 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6740 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6741 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6742 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6743
6744 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6745 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6746 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6747 and disables it otherwise.
6748
6749 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6750 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6751 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6752 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6753
6754 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6755 documenting what its argument does.
6756
6757 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6758 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6759 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6760 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6761 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6762 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6763 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6764 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6765
6766 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6767 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6768 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6769 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6770 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6771 mode is global):
6772
6773 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6774 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6775 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6776 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6777 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6778 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6779 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6780 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6781 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6782 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6783 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6784 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6785 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6786 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6787 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6788 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6789 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6790 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6791 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6792 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6793 in :variable).
6794
6795 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6796 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6797
6798 For example, you could write
6799 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6800 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6801 ...BODY CODE...)
6802
6803 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6804
6805 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6806
6807 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6808
6809 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6810
6811 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6812 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6813 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6814 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6815 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6816 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6817 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6818 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6819 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6820 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6821 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6822 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6823
6824 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6825 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6826 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6827 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6828 call another major mode in their body.
6829
6830 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6831 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6832 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6833
6834 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6835
6836 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6837
6838 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6839 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6840 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6841 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6842 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6843 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6844 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6845
6846 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6847
6848 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6849 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6850 :inherit Parent keymap.
6851 :group Ignored.
6852 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6853 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6854
6855 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6856
6857 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6859 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6860 the constant's documentation.
6861
6862 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6863
6864 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6865 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6866 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6867
6868 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6869
6870 ;;;***
6871 \f
6872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6873 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6875
6876 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6877 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6878 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6879 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6880
6881 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6882 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6883 as a top-level menu bar item.
6884
6885 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6886 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6887 pairs:
6888
6889 :filter FUNCTION
6890 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6891 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6892 items to actually display.
6893
6894 :visible INCLUDE
6895 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6896 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6897 alias for `:visible'.
6898
6899 :active ENABLE
6900 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6901 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6902 an alias for `:active'.
6903
6904 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6905 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6906
6907 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6908
6909 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6910
6911 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6912 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6913
6914 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6916
6917 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6918
6919 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6920
6921 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6922 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6923
6924 :keys KEYS
6925 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6926 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6927 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6928 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6929
6930 :key-sequence KEYS
6931 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6932 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6933 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6934 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6935
6936 :active ENABLE
6937 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6938 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6939 alias for `:active'.
6940
6941 :visible INCLUDE
6942 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6943 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6944 `:visible'.
6945
6946 :label FORM
6947 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6948 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6949
6950 :suffix FORM
6951 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6952 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6953
6954 :style STYLE
6955 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6956 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6957 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6958
6959 :selected SELECTED
6960 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6961 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6962
6963 :help HELP
6964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6965
6966 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6967 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6968 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6969
6970 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6971 MENU. This is a submenu.
6972
6973 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6974
6975 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6976
6977 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6978
6979
6980 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6981
6982 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6983 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6984 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6985 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6986
6987 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6988
6989 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6990 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6991 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6992 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6993 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6994 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6995
6996 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6997 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6998 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6999
7000 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7001 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7002 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7003
7004 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7005 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7006
7007 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7008
7009 ;;;***
7010 \f
7011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7012 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7014 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7015
7016 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7017 Customization for ebnf group.
7018
7019 \(fn)" t nil)
7020
7021 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7022 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7023
7024 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7025
7026 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7027 processed.
7028
7029 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7030
7031 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7032
7033 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7034 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7035
7036 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7037 killed after process termination.
7038
7039 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7040
7041 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7042
7043 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7044 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7045
7046 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7047 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7048 it to the printer.
7049
7050 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7051 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7052 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7053 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7054
7055 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7056
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7059 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7060
7061 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7062
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7065
7066 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7067
7068 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7069 processed.
7070
7071 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7072
7073 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7076 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7077
7078 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7079 killed after process termination.
7080
7081 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7082
7083 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7087 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7088 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7089
7090 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7091
7092 \(fn)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7096 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7097
7098 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7099
7100 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7101
7102 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7103 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7104
7105 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7106
7107 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7108 processed.
7109
7110 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7111
7112 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7116
7117 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7118 killed after EPS generation.
7119
7120 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7121
7122 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7126
7127 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7128 The EPS file name has the following form:
7129
7130 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7131
7132 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7133 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7134
7135 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7136 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7137 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7138 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7139 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7140
7141 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7142 files.
7143
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7148
7149 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7150 The EPS file name has the following form:
7151
7152 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7153
7154 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7155 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7156
7157 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7158 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7159 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7160 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7161 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7162
7163 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7164 files.
7165
7166 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7167
7168 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7169
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7172
7173 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7174
7175 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7176 are processed.
7177
7178 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7179
7180 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7183 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7184
7185 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7186 killed after syntax checking.
7187
7188 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7189
7190 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7194
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7199
7200 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7204
7205 \(fn)" nil nil)
7206
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7209
7210 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7211
7212 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7216
7217 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7218
7219 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Delete style NAME.
7223
7224 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7225
7226 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7230
7231 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7232
7233 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Set STYLE as the current style.
7237
7238 Returns the old style symbol.
7239
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7241
7242 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Reset current style.
7246
7247 Returns the old style symbol.
7248
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7250
7251 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7255
7256 Returns the old style symbol.
7257
7258 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7259
7260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261
7262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7266
7267 Returns the old style symbol.
7268
7269 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7270
7271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7272
7273 \(fn)" t nil)
7274
7275 ;;;***
7276 \f
7277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7278 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7280
7281 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7282 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7283 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7284 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7285 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7286 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7287
7288 Tree mode key bindings:
7289 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7290
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7294 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7295
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7299 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7300
7301 \(fn)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7304 View declaration of member at point.
7305
7306 \(fn)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7309 Find declaration of member at point.
7310
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7314 View definition of member at point.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7319 Find definition of member at point.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7324 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7329 View definition of member at point in other window.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7334 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7344 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7354 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7355 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7356 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7357 completion.
7358
7359 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7362 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7363 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7364 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7365
7366 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7369 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7370 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7371 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7372
7373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7376 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7377 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7378
7379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7382 Search for call sites of a member.
7383 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7384 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7385 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7386 looks like a function call to the member.
7387
7388 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7391 Move backward in the position stack.
7392 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7393
7394 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7397 Move forward in the position stack.
7398 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7399
7400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7403 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7408 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7413 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7414 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7415 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7416
7417 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7420 Display statistics for a class tree.
7421
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7423
7424 ;;;***
7425 \f
7426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
7427 ;;;;;; 0))
7428 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7429
7430 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7431 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7432 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7433 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7434 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7435 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7436 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7437
7438 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7439
7440 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7441 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7442 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7443 also has this effect.
7444 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7445 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7446 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7447 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7448 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7449 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7450 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7451 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7452 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7453 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7454
7455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7456
7457 ;;;***
7458 \f
7459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7461
7462 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7465
7466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7467
7468 ;;;***
7469 \f
7470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7471 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7473
7474 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7475
7476
7477 \(fn)" nil nil)
7478
7479 ;;;***
7480 \f
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7483 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7484
7485 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7486 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7487 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7490 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7491
7492 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7495 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7499
7500 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7501 an EDE controlled project.
7502
7503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7504
7505 ;;;***
7506 \f
7507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21433 12343
7508 ;;;;;; 302925 0))
7509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7510
7511 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7512 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7513 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7514 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7515 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7516
7517 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7518 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7519 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7520 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7521
7522 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7523
7524 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7525 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7526 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7527 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7528
7529 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7530
7531 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7532 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7533 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7534 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7535
7536 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7537
7538 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7539
7540 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7541 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7542 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7543 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7544 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7545
7546 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7547 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7548 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7549 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7550 instrumented for Edebug.
7551
7552 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7553 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7554 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7555 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7556 already is one.)
7557
7558 \(fn)" t nil)
7559
7560 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7561 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7562
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7564
7565 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7566 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7567
7568 \(fn)" t nil)
7569
7570 ;;;***
7571 \f
7572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7574 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7575
7576 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7577 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7578
7579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7582 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7583
7584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7585
7586 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7587
7588 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7589
7590 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7591 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7592 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7593 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7594
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7599 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7600 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7601
7602 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7605 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7606
7607 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7608
7609 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7613
7614 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7615
7616 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7617
7618 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7620 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7621 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7622
7623 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7624
7625 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7626
7627 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7628 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7629 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7630 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7631
7632 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7633
7634 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7635
7636 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7637 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7638 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7639 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7640
7641 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7642
7643 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7644
7645 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7646 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7647 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7648 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7649
7650 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7651
7652 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7653
7654 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7655 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7656 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7657 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7658 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7659 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7660
7661 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7662
7663 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7664 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7665 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7666 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7667
7668 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7669
7670 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7671
7672 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7673 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7674 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7675 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7676
7677 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7678
7679 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7680
7681 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7682
7683 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7684 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7685 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7686 follows:
7687 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7688 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7689
7690 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7693 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7694 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7695 follows:
7696 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7697 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7698
7699 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7700
7701 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7702 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7703 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7704 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7705 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7706
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7708
7709 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7711 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7712 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7713 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7714 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7715
7716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7717
7718 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7721 Merge two files without ancestor.
7722
7723 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7726 Merge two files with ancestor.
7727
7728 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7729
7730 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7731
7732 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7733 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7734
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7736
7737 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7738 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7739
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7744 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7745 buffer.
7746
7747 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7748
7749 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7751 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7752 buffer.
7753
7754 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7757 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7758 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7759 and don't ask the user.
7760 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7761 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7762
7763 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7767 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7768 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7769 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7770 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7771 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7772 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7773
7774 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7775
7776 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7777
7778 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7779
7780 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7781 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7782 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7783 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7784 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7785
7786 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7787
7788 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7791 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7792 When called interactively, displays the version.
7793
7794 \(fn)" t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7797 Display Ediff's manual.
7798 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7799
7800 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7801
7802 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7803
7804
7805 \(fn)" nil nil)
7806
7807 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7808
7809
7810 \(fn)" nil nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7813
7814
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7818
7819
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 ;;;***
7843 \f
7844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7845 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7849
7850
7851 \(fn)" t nil)
7852
7853 ;;;***
7854 \f
7855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21423 62909
7856 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
7857 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7860 Display Ediff's registry.
7861
7862 \(fn)" t nil)
7863
7864 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7865
7866 ;;;***
7867 \f
7868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7869 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7873 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7874 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7875 which see.
7876
7877 \(fn)" t nil)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7880 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7881 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7882 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7883
7884 \(fn)" t nil)
7885
7886 ;;;***
7887 \f
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7890 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7891
7892 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7893 Edit a keyboard macro.
7894 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7895 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7896 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7897 its command name.
7898 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7899
7900 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7903 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7904
7905 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7908 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7909
7910 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7913 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7914 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7915 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7916 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7917 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7918
7919 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7920 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7921 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7922 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7923
7924 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7927 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7928 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7929 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7930 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7931 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7932
7933 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7934
7935 ;;;***
7936 \f
7937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7939
7940 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7941 Set scroll margins.
7942 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7943 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7944
7945 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7948 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7949
7950 \(fn)" t nil)
7951
7952 ;;;***
7953 \f
7954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7956
7957 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7958 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7959 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7960 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7961 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7962 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7963 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7964
7965 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7966 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7967
7968 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7969 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7970 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7971 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7972
7973 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7974 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7975 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7976
7977 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7978 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7979 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7980
7981 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7982
7983 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7984
7985
7986 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7987
7988 ;;;***
7989 \f
7990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21364 41525
7991 ;;;;;; 730218 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7993 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7994
7995 ;;;***
7996 \f
7997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
7998 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
7999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8000 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8001
8002 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8003 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8004 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8005 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8006 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8007 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8008 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8009
8010 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8011
8012 ;;;***
8013 \f
8014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8015 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8017
8018 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8019 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8020
8021 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8022
8023 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8024 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8025 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8026 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8027 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8028
8029 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8030 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8031 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8032 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8033 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8034 expression point is on.
8035
8036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8037
8038 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8039
8040 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8041 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8042 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8043 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8044 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8045 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8046 arg list.
8047
8048 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8049 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8050 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8051 effect.
8052
8053 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8054 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8055
8056 ;;;***
8057 \f
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8060
8061 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8062 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8063
8064 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8065 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8066 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8067
8068 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8069
8070 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8071 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8072 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8075 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8076
8077 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8078
8079 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8080 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8084
8085 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8086 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8087 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8088
8089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8090
8091 ;;;***
8092 \f
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 0
8094 ;;;;;; 0))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8096
8097 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8098 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8099
8100 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8101 an elided material again.
8102
8103 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8104
8105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8106
8107 ;;;***
8108 \f
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8110 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8112
8113 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8114 Lint the file FILE.
8115
8116 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8119 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8120 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8121
8122 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8125 Lint the current buffer.
8126 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8127
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8131 Lint the function at point.
8132 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8133
8134 \(fn)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8137 Initialize elint.
8138 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8139 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8140
8141 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8142
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8147
8148 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8149 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8150 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8151
8152 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8155 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8156 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8157 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8158
8159 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8162 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8163 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8164
8165 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8166
8167 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8170 Display current profiling results.
8171 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8172 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8173 displayed.
8174
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8176
8177 ;;;***
8178 \f
8179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 0
8180 ;;;;;; 0))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8182
8183 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8184 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8185 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8186 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8187 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8188 ARG is omitted or nil.
8189
8190 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8191 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8192 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8193 used instead.
8194
8195 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8196
8197 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8198 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8199 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8200
8201 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8204
8205 ;;;***
8206 \f
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 0
8208 ;;;;;; 0))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8210
8211 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8212 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8213 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8214
8215 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8216
8217 ;;;***
8218 \f
8219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 20664 637808
8220 ;;;;;; 0))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8222
8223 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8224 Run Emerge on two files.
8225
8226 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8229 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8230
8231 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8234 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8235
8236 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8237
8238 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8239 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8240
8241 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8244
8245
8246 \(fn)" nil nil)
8247
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8249
8250
8251 \(fn)" nil nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8254
8255
8256 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8259
8260
8261 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8264 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8265
8266 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8270
8271 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8274
8275
8276 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8281 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8283
8284 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8285 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8286 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8287 text/enriched format.
8288
8289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8292
8293 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8294
8295 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8296 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8297
8298 Commands:
8299
8300 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8301
8302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8305
8306
8307 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8310
8311
8312 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8317 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8318
8319 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8320 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8321
8322 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8325 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8326
8327 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8330 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8331 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8332 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8333 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8334 the keys are listed.
8335 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8336
8337 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8340 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8341 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8342
8343 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8346 Verify FILE.
8347
8348 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8351 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8352
8353 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8357
8358 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8361 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8362
8363 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8364 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8365 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8366 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8367
8368 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8369 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8370 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8371 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8372 should consider using the string based counterpart
8373 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8374 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8375
8376 For example:
8377
8378 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8379 (decode-coding-string
8380 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8381 'utf-8))
8382
8383 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8386 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8387
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8390
8391 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8394 Verify the current region between START and END.
8395
8396 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8397 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8398 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8399 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8400 should consider using the string based counterpart
8401 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8402 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8403
8404 For example:
8405
8406 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8407 (decode-coding-string
8408 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8409 'utf-8))
8410
8411 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8414 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8415 between START and END.
8416
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8419
8420 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8421
8422 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8423 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8424
8425 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8426 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8427 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8428 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8429 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8430 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8431
8432 For example:
8433
8434 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8435 (epg-sign-string
8436 context
8437 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8438
8439 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8440
8441 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8442 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8443
8444 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8445 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8446 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8447 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8448 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8449 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8450
8451 For example:
8452
8453 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8454 (epg-encrypt-string
8455 context
8456 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8457 nil))
8458
8459 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8462 Delete selected KEYS.
8463
8464 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8467 Import keys from FILE.
8468
8469 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8472 Import keys from the region.
8473
8474 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8475
8476 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8477 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8478 between START and END.
8479
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8483 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8484
8485 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8488 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8489
8490 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8491
8492 ;;;***
8493 \f
8494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8498 Decrypt marked files.
8499
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8503 Verify marked files.
8504
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8506
8507 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8508 Sign marked files.
8509
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8513 Encrypt marked files.
8514
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8516
8517 ;;;***
8518 \f
8519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8520 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8521
8522 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8523
8524
8525 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8528
8529
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8531
8532 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8533
8534
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8536
8537 ;;;***
8538 \f
8539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8543 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8545 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8546 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8547
8548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8551 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8552 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8553
8554 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8555
8556 \(fn)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8559 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8560 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8561
8562 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8563
8564 \(fn)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8567 Sign the current buffer.
8568 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8569
8570 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8571
8572 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8575 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8576 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8577 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8578 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8579 and also whether and how to sign.
8580
8581 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8582 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8583 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8584
8585 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8586
8587 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8590 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8592
8593 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8594
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8596
8597 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8598 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8599 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8602 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8603
8604 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8605
8606 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8607 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8609 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8610 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8611
8612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8613
8614 ;;;***
8615 \f
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8617 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8618 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8621 Return a context object.
8622
8623 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8624
8625 ;;;***
8626 \f
8627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21574 16579 173517
8628 ;;;;;; 0))
8629 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8630
8631 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8632 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8633
8634 \(fn)" nil nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8637 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8638
8639 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8640
8641 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8642 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8643
8644 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8650 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8651
8652 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8653 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8654
8655 \(fn)" nil nil)
8656
8657 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8658 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8659 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8660
8661 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8662
8663 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8664 (server (erc-compute-server))
8665 (port (erc-compute-port))
8666 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8667 password
8668 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8669
8670 That is, if called with
8671
8672 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8673
8674 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8675 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8676 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8677
8678 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8679
8680 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8681
8682 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8683 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8684 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8685
8686 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8689 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8690 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8691 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8692
8693 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8694
8695 ;;;***
8696 \f
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8698 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8705 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8707 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8712 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8715
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8719 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8720 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8721 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8727 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8728
8729 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8730 Parser for /dcc command.
8731 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8732 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8733 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8734
8735 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8736
8737 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8738 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8739
8740 \(fn)" nil nil)
8741
8742 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8743 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8744
8745 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8746 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8747 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8748 that subcommand.
8749
8750 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8751
8752 ;;;***
8753 \f
8754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8755 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8757 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8758
8759 ;;;***
8760 \f
8761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8762 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8764
8765 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8766 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8767
8768 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8769
8770 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8771 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8772 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8773 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8774
8775 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8778
8779
8780 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8781
8782 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8783 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8784
8785 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8786
8787 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8788 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8789
8790 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8791
8792 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8793 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8794
8795 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8799
8800 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8804
8805 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8809
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8814
8815 \(fn)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8819
8820 \(fn)" nil nil)
8821
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 0
8825 ;;;;;; 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8828
8829 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8830 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8831 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8832
8833 \(fn)" nil nil)
8834
8835 ;;;***
8836 \f
8837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8838 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8841
8842 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8843 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8844 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8845 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8846 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8847 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8848 system.
8849
8850 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8851
8852 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8853
8854
8855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8860 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8862
8863 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8864
8865
8866 \(fn)" nil nil)
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 0
8871 ;;;;;; 0))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8873 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8874
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 0
8878 ;;;;;; 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8880 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8887
8888 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8889 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8890 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8891 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8892 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8893 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8894
8895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8896
8897 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8898 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8899 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8900 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8901
8902 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8903 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8904 automatically.
8905
8906 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8907 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8908
8909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8914 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8919 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8920
8921 \(fn)" t nil)
8922
8923 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8924 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8925
8926 \(fn)" t nil)
8927
8928 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8929 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8930
8931 \(fn)" t nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8934 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8935
8936 \(fn)" t nil)
8937
8938 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8939 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8940
8941 \(fn)" t nil)
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8944 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8945
8946 \(fn)" t nil)
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8949 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8955
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8957
8958 ;;;***
8959 \f
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
8961 ;;;;;; 0))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8964
8965 ;;;***
8966 \f
8967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
8968 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8973 Show who's gone.
8974
8975 \(fn)" nil nil)
8976
8977 ;;;***
8978 \f
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
8980 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8984 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8985 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8986 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8987
8988 \(fn)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8991 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8992
8993 \(fn)" t nil)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
8998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9003 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9004 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9005 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9006
9007 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9008
9009 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9010
9011
9012 \(fn)" nil nil)
9013
9014 ;;;***
9015 \f
9016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 0
9017 ;;;;;; 0))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9019 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9024 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9027
9028 ;;;***
9029 \f
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9031 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 0
9038 ;;;;;; 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9045 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9048
9049 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9050 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9051
9052 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9055 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9056 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9057
9058 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9063 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9070 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9072
9073 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9074 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9075 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9076
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9078
9079 ;;;***
9080 \f
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9082 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9085
9086 ;;;***
9087 \f
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21574 16579
9096 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9098
9099 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9100 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9101 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9102
9103 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9104
9105 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9106 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9110
9111 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9112 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9113 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9114 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9115
9116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9117 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9122 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9127 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9128 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9129 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9130
9131 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9132
9133 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9134 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9135 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9136
9137 \(fn)" t nil)
9138
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 0
9142 ;;;;;; 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9144 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9145
9146 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9147 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9148
9149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9155
9156 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9157 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9158
9159 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9160 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9161
9162 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9163 useful for assertions in BODY.
9164
9165 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9166
9167 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9168 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9169 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9170
9171 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9172
9173 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9174
9175 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9176
9177 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9178 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9179
9180 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9181 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9182 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9183 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9184
9185 Returns the stats object.
9186
9187 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9188
9189 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9190 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9191
9192 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9193 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9194 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9195 the tests).
9196
9197 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9198
9199 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9200 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9201
9202 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9203 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9204 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9205 and how to display message.
9206
9207 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9208
9209 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9210
9211 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9212 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9213
9214 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9219 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9221
9222 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9223
9224 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9225 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9226
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9228
9229 ;;;***
9230 \f
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9232 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9234
9235 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9236 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9237
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 0
9243 ;;;;;; 0))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9245 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9246
9247 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9248 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9249 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9250 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9251 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9252 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9253 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9254 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9255 buffer selected (or created).
9256
9257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9258
9259 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9260 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9261 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9262
9263 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9264
9265 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9266 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9267 The result might be any Lisp object.
9268 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9269 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9270 corresponding to a successful execution.
9271
9272 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9273
9274 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9275
9276 ;;;***
9277 \f
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 0
9279 ;;;;;; 0))
9280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9281
9282 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9283 File name of tags table.
9284 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9285 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9286 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9287 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9288 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9289
9290 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9291 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9292 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9293 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9294
9295 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9296
9297 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9298 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9299 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9300 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9301 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9302 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9303
9304 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9305
9306 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9307 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9308 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9309
9310 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9311
9312 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9313 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9314 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9315 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9316 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9317
9318 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9319
9320 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9321 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9322 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9323 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9324
9325 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9326
9327 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9328 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9329 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9330 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9331 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9332
9333 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9334
9335 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9336 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9337
9338 \(fn)" t nil)
9339
9340 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9341 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9342 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9343 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9344
9345 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9346 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9347 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9348 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9349 file the tag was in.
9350
9351 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9352
9353 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9354 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9355 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9356 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9357 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9358 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9359 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9360 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9361 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9362
9363 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9364
9365 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9366 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9367 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9368 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9369 without directory names.
9370
9371 \(fn)" nil nil)
9372 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9373 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9374 (progn
9375 (load "etags")
9376 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9377
9378 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9379 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9380 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9381 but does not select the buffer.
9382 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9383
9384 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9385 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9386 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9387 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9388 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9389
9390 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9391
9392 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9393 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9394 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9395
9396 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9397
9398 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9399
9400 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9402 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9403 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9404
9405 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9406 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9407 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9408 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9409 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9410
9411 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9412
9413 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9414 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9415 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9416
9417 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9418
9419 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9420 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9421
9422 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9423 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9424 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9425 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9426 around or before point.
9427
9428 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9429 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9430 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9431 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9432 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9433
9434 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9435
9436 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9437 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9438 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9439
9440 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9441
9442 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9443 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9444
9445 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9446 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9447 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9448 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9449 around or before point.
9450
9451 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9452 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9453 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9454 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9455 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9456
9457 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9458
9459 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9460 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9461 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9462
9463 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9464
9465 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9466 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9467
9468 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9470 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9471
9472 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9473 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9474 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9475 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9476 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9477
9478 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9479
9480 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9481 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9482 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9483
9484 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9485
9486 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9487 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9488 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9489
9490 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9491 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9492
9493 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9494 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9495 where they were found.
9496
9497 \(fn)" t nil)
9498
9499 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9500 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9501
9502 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9503 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9504 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9505
9506 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9507 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9508
9509 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9510 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9511
9512 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9513
9514 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9515 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9516 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9517 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9518
9519 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9520 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9521 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9522 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9523 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9524
9525 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9526 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9527
9528 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9529 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9530 Stops when a match is found.
9531 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9532
9533 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9534 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9535 restricted to these files.
9536
9537 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9538
9539 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9540
9541 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9542 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9543 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9544 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9545 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9546 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9547 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9548 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9549
9550 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9551 produce the list of files to search.
9552
9553 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9554
9555 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9556
9557 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9558 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9559 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9560 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9561 directory specification.
9562
9563 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9564
9565 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9566 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9567
9568 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9569
9570 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9571 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9572 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9573 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9574
9575 \(fn)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9578 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9579 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9580 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9581 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9582
9583 \(fn)" t nil)
9584
9585 ;;;***
9586 \f
9587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9588 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9590
9591 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9592
9593
9594 \(fn)" nil nil)
9595
9596 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9597 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9598
9599 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9600 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9601
9602 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9603 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9604 primary language.
9605
9606 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9607 even if the buffer is read-only.
9608
9609 See also the descriptions of the variables
9610 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9611
9612 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9615 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9616
9617 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9618 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9619
9620 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9621 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9622 primary language.
9623
9624 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9625 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9626
9627 See also the descriptions of the variables
9628 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9629
9630 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9631
9632 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9633 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9634 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9635 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9636
9637 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9638
9639 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9640 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9641 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9642 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9643
9644 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9645 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9646 primary language.
9647
9648 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9649 buffer is read-only.
9650
9651 See also the descriptions of the variables
9652 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9653 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9654
9655 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9656
9657 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9658 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9659
9660 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9661 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9662
9663 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9664 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9665 the primary language.
9666
9667 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9668 buffer is read-only.
9669
9670 See also the descriptions of the variables
9671 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9672 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9673
9674 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9677 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9678 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9679
9680 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9681
9682 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9683 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9684
9685 \(fn)" t nil)
9686
9687 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9688 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9689
9690 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9691 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9692 be 1, 2, or 3.
9693
9694 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9695 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9696 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9697
9698 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9699
9700 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9701
9702 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9703 This function is deprecated.
9704
9705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9706
9707 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9708 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9709
9710 \(fn)" t nil)
9711
9712 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9713 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9714
9715 \(fn)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9718 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9719
9720 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9721 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9722
9723 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9724 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9725
9726 \(fn)" nil nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9729 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9730
9731 \(fn)" nil nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9734 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9735
9736 \(fn)" nil nil)
9737
9738 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9739 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9740
9741 \(fn)" nil nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9744 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9745 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9746
9747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9748
9749 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9750
9751
9752 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9753
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9758
9759 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9760 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9761 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9762 server for future sessions.
9763
9764 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9767 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9768 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9769
9770 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9773 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9774 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9775
9776 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9777
9778 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9779 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9780 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9781 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9782 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9783 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9784 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9785 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9786 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9787 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9788 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9789 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9790
9791 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9794 Display a form to query the directory server.
9795 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9796 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9797
9798 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9801 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9802 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9803
9804 \(fn)" t nil)
9805
9806 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9807
9808 ;;;***
9809 \f
9810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 0
9811 ;;;;;; 0))
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9813
9814 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9815 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9816
9817 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9818
9819 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9820 Display URL and make it clickable.
9821
9822 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9823
9824 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9825 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9826
9827 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9828
9829 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9830 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9831
9832 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9835 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9836
9837 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9840 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9841
9842 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9843
9844 ;;;***
9845 \f
9846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9847 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9849
9850 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9851 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9852 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9853
9854 \(fn)" t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9857 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9858
9859 \(fn)" t nil)
9860
9861 ;;;***
9862 \f
9863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9864 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9866
9867 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9868 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9869
9870 \(fn)" t nil)
9871
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 0
9875 ;;;;;; 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9877
9878 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9879 Create an empty ewoc.
9880
9881 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9882
9883 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9884 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9885 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9886 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9887 `insert-before-markers'.
9888
9889 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9890 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9891 respectively, of the ewoc.
9892
9893 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9894 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9895 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9896
9897 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9898
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21420 48935 113702 389000))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9903
9904 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9905 Fetch URL and render the page.
9906 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9907 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9908
9909 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9910 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9911
9912 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9913 Render a file using EWW.
9914
9915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9916
9917 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9918
9919
9920 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9921
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9925 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9927
9928 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9929 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9930 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9931
9932 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9935 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9936 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9937 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9938 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9939
9940 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9941
9942 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9943 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9944 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9945 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9946 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9947 executable.
9948
9949 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9952 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9953 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9954
9955 \(fn)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9958 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9959 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9960 file modes.
9961
9962 \(fn)" nil nil)
9963
9964 ;;;***
9965 \f
9966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9968
9969 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9970 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9971 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9972 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9973
9974 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9975
9976 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9977 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9978 to generate such functions.
9979
9980 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9981 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9982 beginning of the expanded text.
9983
9984 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9985 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9986 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9987 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9988
9989 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9990
9991 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9992
9993 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9994 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9995 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9996
9997 \(fn)" nil nil)
9998
9999 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10000 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10001 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10002
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10006 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10007 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10008
10009 \(fn)" t nil)
10010 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10011 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10012
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21423 62909 33477
10016 ;;;;;; 0))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10018
10019 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10020 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10021 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10022
10023 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10024 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10025 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10026
10027 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10028
10029 Key definitions:
10030 \\{f90-mode-map}
10031
10032 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10033
10034 `f90-do-indent'
10035 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10036 `f90-if-indent'
10037 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10038 `f90-type-indent'
10039 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10040 `f90-program-indent'
10041 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10042 (default 2).
10043 `f90-associate-indent'
10044 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10045 `f90-critical-indent'
10046 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10047 `f90-continuation-indent'
10048 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10049 `f90-comment-region'
10050 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10051 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10052 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10053 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10054 (default \"!\").
10055 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10056 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10057 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10058 `f90-break-delimiters'
10059 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10060 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10061 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10062 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10063 (default t).
10064 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10065 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10066 `f90-smart-end'
10067 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10068 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10069 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10070 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10071 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10072 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10073 `f90-leave-line-no'
10074 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10075
10076 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10077 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10078
10079 \(fn)" t nil)
10080
10081 ;;;***
10082 \f
10083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 0
10084 ;;;;;; 0))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10086
10087 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10088 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10089 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10090 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10091
10092 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10093 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10094 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10095 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10096 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10097
10098 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10099 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10100 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10101 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10102 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10103 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10104 attributes.
10105
10106 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10107 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10108
10109 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10110
10111 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10112 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10113 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10114 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10115
10116 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10119 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10120 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10121 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10122
10123 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10124 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10125 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10126
10127 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10128 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10129 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10130 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10131
10132 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10133
10134 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10135 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10136 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10137
10138 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10139 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10140 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10141 the same amount).
10142
10143 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10146 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10147 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10148
10149 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10150 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10151 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10152 will remove any scaling currently active.
10153
10154 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10157 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10158 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10159
10160 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10161 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10162 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10163 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10164 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10165
10166 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10167 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10168
10169 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10170
10171 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10172 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10173
10174 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10175 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10176 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10177
10178 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10179 the face height as long as the input event read
10180 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10181
10182 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10183 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10184 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10185 will remove any scaling currently active.
10186
10187 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10188 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10189 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10190 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10191 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10192
10193 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10194
10195 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10196 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10198 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10199 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10200 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10201
10202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10203
10204 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10205 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10206 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10207 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10208 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10209 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10210 `buffer-face-mode'.
10211
10212 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10213 local, and sets it to FACE.
10214
10215 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10218 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10219 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10220 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10221 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10222 `face' text property.
10223
10224 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10225 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10226 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10227 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10228
10229 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10230 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10231
10232 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10233
10234 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10235 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10236 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10237 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10238
10239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10240
10241 ;;;***
10242 \f
10243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10246 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10247
10248 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10249 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10250 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10251 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10252
10253 \(fn)" nil nil)
10254
10255 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10256 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10257
10258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10261 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10262 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10263 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10264
10265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10266
10267 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10268 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10269 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10270 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10271 backup file names and the like).
10272
10273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10274
10275 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10276 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10277 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10278 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10279 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10280 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10281 internally by feedmail):
10282
10283 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10284 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10285 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10286 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10287
10288 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10289 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10290 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10291 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10292 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10293
10294 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10295
10296 ;;;***
10297 \f
10298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10300
10301 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10302 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10303 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10304 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10305 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10306 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10307 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10308
10309 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10312 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10313 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10314 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10315 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10316 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10317 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10318
10319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10320
10321 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10322
10323 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10324 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10325 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10326 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10327 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10328 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10329
10330 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10331
10332 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10333 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10334 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10335 Return value:
10336 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10337 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10338 * otherwise, nil
10339
10340 \(fn E)" t nil)
10341
10342 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10343 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10344 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10345
10346 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10349 Try to get a file name at point.
10350 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10351
10352 \(fn)" nil nil)
10353
10354 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10355 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10356
10357 \(fn)" t nil)
10358
10359 ;;;***
10360 \f
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10363
10364 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10365 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10366 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10367 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10368
10369 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10372 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10373 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10374 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10375 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10376 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10377
10378 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10381 Add FILE to the file cache.
10382
10383 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10386 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10387 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10388
10389 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10392 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10393 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10394
10395 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10398 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10399 This function does not use any external programs.
10400 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10401 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10402 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10403
10404 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10405
10406 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10407 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10408 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10409 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10410 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10411 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10412 \(directories) is done.
10413
10414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10415
10416 ;;;***
10417 \f
10418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 0
10419 ;;;;;; 0))
10420 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10421
10422 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10423 Handle file system monitoring event.
10424 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10425 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10426
10427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10428
10429 ;;;***
10430 \f
10431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10432 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10433
10434 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10435 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10436
10437 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10438 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10439 Local Variables list.
10440
10441 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10442 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10443 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10444
10445 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10448 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10449
10450 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10453 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10454
10455 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10456 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10457 the -*- line.
10458
10459 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10460 then this function adds it.
10461
10462 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10465 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10466
10467 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10470 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10471
10472 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10475 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10476
10477 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10480 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10481
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10485 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10486
10487 \(fn)" t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10490 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10491
10492 \(fn)" t nil)
10493
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10498
10499 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10500 Filesets initialization.
10501 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10502
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10504
10505 ;;;***
10506 \f
10507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10509 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10510
10511 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10512 Initiate the building of a find command.
10513 For example:
10514
10515 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10516 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10517 (mtime \"+1\"))
10518 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10519
10520 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10521 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10522
10523 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10524
10525 ;;;***
10526 \f
10527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 0
10528 ;;;;;; 0))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10530
10531 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10532 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10533 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10534
10535 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10536
10537 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10538 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10539
10540 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10543 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10544 and run Dired on those files.
10545 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10546 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10547
10548 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10549
10550 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10551
10552 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10553
10554 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10555 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10556 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10557
10558 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10559 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10560
10561 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10562 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10563
10564 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10565
10566 ;;;***
10567 \f
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10569 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10570
10571 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10572 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10573 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10574 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10575 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10576 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10577 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10578
10579 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10580
10581 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10582 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10583 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10584
10585 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10586
10587 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10588
10589 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10590
10591 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10592 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10593 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10594
10595 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10596 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10597
10598 Variables of interest include:
10599
10600 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10601 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10602 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10603
10604 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10605 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10606 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10607
10608 - `ff-ignore-include'
10609 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10610
10611 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10612 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10613
10614 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10615 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10616
10617 - `ff-special-constructs'
10618 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10619 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10620 extracting the filename from that construct.
10621
10622 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10623 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10624
10625 - `ff-search-directories'
10626 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10627 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10628
10629 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10630 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10631
10632 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10633 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10634
10635 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10636 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10637
10638 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10639 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10640
10641 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10642 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10643
10644 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10645
10646 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10647 Visit the file you click on.
10648
10649 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10652 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10653
10654 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10655
10656 ;;;***
10657 \f
10658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10659 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10661
10662 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10663 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10664 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10665
10666 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10667
10668 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10669 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10670 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10671 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10672
10673 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10674 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10675 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10676 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10677
10678 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10681 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10682
10683 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10684 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10685 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10686 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10687
10688 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10689 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10690 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10691
10692 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10693 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10694 in `load-path'.
10695
10696 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10699 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10700
10701 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10702 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10703 places point before the definition.
10704 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10705
10706 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10707 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10708 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10709
10710 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10711
10712 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10713 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10714
10715 See `find-function' for more details.
10716
10717 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10720 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10721
10722 See `find-function' for more details.
10723
10724 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10725
10726 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10727 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10728
10729 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10730 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10731 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10732
10733 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10734 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10735
10736 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10739 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10740
10741 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10742 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10743 places point before the definition.
10744
10745 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10746
10747 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10748 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10749 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10750
10751 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10754 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10755
10756 See `find-variable' for more details.
10757
10758 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10759
10760 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10761 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10762
10763 See `find-variable' for more details.
10764
10765 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10766
10767 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10768 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10769 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10770 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10771 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10772 buffer nor display it.
10773
10774 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10775 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10776
10777 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10778
10779 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10780 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10781
10782 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10783 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10784 places point before the definition.
10785
10786 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10787
10788 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10789 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10790 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10791
10792 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10793
10794 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10795 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10796 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10797
10798 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10801 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10802
10803 \(fn)" t nil)
10804
10805 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10806 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10807
10808 \(fn)" t nil)
10809
10810 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10811 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10812
10813 \(fn)" nil nil)
10814
10815 ;;;***
10816 \f
10817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10819
10820 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10821 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10822
10823 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10826 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10827
10828 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10831 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10832
10833 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10834
10835 ;;;***
10836 \f
10837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10839 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10840
10841 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10842 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10843
10844 \(fn)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10847 Display FILE's commentary section.
10848 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10849
10850 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10853 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10854
10855 \(fn)" t nil)
10856
10857 ;;;***
10858 \f
10859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10860 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10861
10862 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10863 Toggle flow control handling.
10864 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10865 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10866
10867 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10870 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10871 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10872 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10873 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10874 to get the effect of a C-q.
10875
10876 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10877
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10881 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10883
10884 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10885
10886
10887 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10890
10891
10892 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10897 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10899 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10900
10901 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10902 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10905 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10906 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10907
10908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10911 Turn flymake mode on.
10912
10913 \(fn)" nil nil)
10914
10915 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10916 Turn flymake mode off.
10917
10918 \(fn)" nil nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10921
10922
10923 \(fn)" nil nil)
10924
10925 ;;;***
10926 \f
10927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10930
10931 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10932 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10933
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10936
10937 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10938 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10942
10943 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10944 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10945 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10946
10947 Bindings:
10948 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10949 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10950 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10951 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10952
10953 Hooks:
10954 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10955
10956 Remark:
10957 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10958 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10959 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10960
10961 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10962 consider adding:
10963 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10964 in your init file.
10965
10966 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10967 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10968
10969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10970
10971 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10972 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10973
10974 \(fn)" nil nil)
10975
10976 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10977 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10978
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10980
10981 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10982 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10983
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10987 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10988
10989 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10992 Flyspell whole buffer.
10993
10994 \(fn)" t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11000 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11001
11002 ;;;***
11003 \f
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11006
11007 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11008 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11009
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11013 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11014
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11018 Toggle Follow mode.
11019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11020 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11021 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11022
11023 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11024 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11025
11026 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11027 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11028 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11029
11030 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11031 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11032 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11033 movement commands.
11034
11035 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11036 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11037 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11038 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11039 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11040 mileage may vary).
11041
11042 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11043 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11044
11045 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11046
11047 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11048
11049 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11050 \\{follow-mode-map}
11051
11052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11055 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11056
11057 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11058 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11059 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11060 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11061 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11062 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11063
11064 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11065 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11066 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11067
11068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11069
11070 ;;;***
11071 \f
11072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11073 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11075 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11076
11077 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11078 Toggle Footnote mode.
11079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11082
11083 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11084 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11085 play around with the following keys:
11086 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11087
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 ;;;***
11091 \f
11092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11094
11095 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11096 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11097
11098 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11099 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11100 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11101 C-c < forms-first-record <
11102 C-c > forms-last-record >
11103 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11104 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11105 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11106 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11107 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11108 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11109 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11110 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11111 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11112 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11113
11114 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11117 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11118
11119 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11122 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11123
11124 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11125
11126 ;;;***
11127 \f
11128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11129 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11131
11132 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11133 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11134 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11135
11136 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11137 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11138
11139 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11140
11141 Key definitions:
11142 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11143
11144 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11145
11146 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11147 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11148 `fortran-do-indent'
11149 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11150 `fortran-if-indent'
11151 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11152 `fortran-structure-indent'
11153 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11154 (default 3)
11155 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11156 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11157 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11158 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11159 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11160 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11161 nil don't change the indentation
11162 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11163 value of either
11164 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11165 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11166 depending on the continuation format in use.
11167 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11168 indentation for a line of code.
11169 (default 'fixed)
11170 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11171 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11172 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11173 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11174 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11175 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11176 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11177 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11178 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11179 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11180 column 5.
11181 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11182 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11183 statements (default nil).
11184 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11185 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11186 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11187 `fortran-continuation-string'
11188 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11189 line (default \"$\").
11190 `fortran-comment-region'
11191 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11192 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11193 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11194 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11195 as typed (default t).
11196 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11197 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11198
11199 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11201
11202 \(fn)" t nil)
11203
11204 ;;;***
11205 \f
11206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 0
11207 ;;;;;; 0))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11209
11210 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11211 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11212
11213 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11214 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11215
11216 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11217
11218 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11219 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11220
11221 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11222 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11223
11224 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11225
11226 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11227 Compile fortune file.
11228
11229 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11230 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11231
11232 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11235 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11236
11237 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11238 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11239 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11240 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11241
11242 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11243
11244 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11245 Display a fortune cookie.
11246 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11247 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11248 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11249 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11250
11251 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 0 0))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11257
11258 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11259 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11260 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11261
11262 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11263 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11264 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11265
11266 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11267 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11268
11269 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11270 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11271
11272 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11273 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11274 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11275 intend to modify existing values, do
11276
11277 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11278
11279 before changing anything.
11280
11281 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11282 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11283
11284 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11285 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11286 to restore the frame.
11287
11288 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11289 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11290 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11291
11292 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11293 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11294 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11295 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11296 FILTER A filter function.
11297
11298 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11299 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11300
11301 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11302
11303 where
11304
11305 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11306 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11307 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11308 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11309 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11310 before restoring it.
11311 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11312
11313 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11314 It must return:
11315 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11316 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11317 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11318
11319 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11320 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11321
11322 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11323 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11324 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11325 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11326 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11327 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11328 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11329
11330 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11331
11332 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11333 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11334
11335 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11336
11337 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11338 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11339 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11340 If nil, check all live frames.
11341
11342 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11343
11344 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11345 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11346 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11347 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11348 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11349 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11350 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11351 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11352 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11353 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11354 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11355
11356 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11357
11358 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11359 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11360
11361 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11362 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11363 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11364 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11365 and window-state is not restored.
11366
11367 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11368 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11369
11370 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11371 t All existing frames can be reused.
11372 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11373 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11374 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11375 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11376
11377 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11378 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11379 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11380 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11381 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11382 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11383 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11384 be created from that parameter alist.
11385
11386 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11387 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11388 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11389 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11390 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11391 - the live frame just restored,
11392 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11393 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11394 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11395
11396 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11397 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11398 nil Keep all frames.
11399 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11400 - FRAME, a live frame.
11401 - ACTION, which can be one of
11402 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11403 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11404 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11405 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11406 Return value is ignored.
11407
11408 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11409 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11410 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11411 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11412 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11413
11414 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11415
11416 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11419 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11420 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11421
11422 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11423
11424 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11425 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11426 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11427 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11428
11429 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11430
11431 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11432
11433 ;;;***
11434 \f
11435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11436 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11438 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11439
11440 ;;;***
11441 \f
11442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11443 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11445
11446 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11447 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11448 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11449
11450 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11451
11452 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11453 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11454 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11455 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11456 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11457 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11458 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11459
11460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11461
11462 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11463 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11464 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11465 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11466
11467 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11468 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11469 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11470 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11471 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11472
11473 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11474 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11475 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11476 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11477
11478 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11479 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11480 shown in some of the buffers.
11481
11482 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11483
11484 The following commands help control operation :
11485
11486 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11487 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11488
11489 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11490 detailed description of this mode.
11491
11492
11493 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11494 | GDB Toolbar |
11495 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11496 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11497 | | |
11498 | | |
11499 | | |
11500 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11501 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11502 | | (comint-mode) |
11503 | | |
11504 | | |
11505 | | |
11506 | | |
11507 | | |
11508 | | |
11509 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11510 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11511 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11512 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11513 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11515
11516 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11517
11518 ;;;***
11519 \f
11520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11521 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11523
11524 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11525 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11526 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11527 instead (which see).")
11528
11529 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11530 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11531
11532 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11533 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11534 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11535 documentation string instead.
11536
11537 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11538 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11539 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11540 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11541 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11542 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11543 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11544 enders are actually possible.
11545
11546 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11547 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11548
11549 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11550 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11551 `font-lock-keywords'.
11552
11553 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11554 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11555 runs the macro expansion.
11556
11557 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11558 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11559 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11560
11561 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11562
11563 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11564
11565 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11566
11567 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11568
11569 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11570 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11571
11572 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11573
11574 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11575 Enter generic mode MODE.
11576
11577 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11578 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11579 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11580
11581 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11582 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11583
11584 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11585
11586 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11587 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11588 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11589 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11590 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11591 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11592 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11593 `font-lock-keywords'.
11594
11595 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11596
11597 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11598
11599 ;;;***
11600 \f
11601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11602 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11604
11605 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11606 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11607 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11608 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11609 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11610 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11611
11612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11613
11614 ;;;***
11615 \f
11616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11617 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11619
11620 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11621 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11622 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11623
11624 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11625
11626 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11627 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11628
11629 Guideline for numbers:
11630 1 - error messages
11631 3 - non-serious error messages
11632 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11633 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11634 9 - messages inside loops.
11635
11636 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11637
11638 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11639 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11640 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11641
11642 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11643
11644 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11645 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11646
11647 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11648
11649 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11650 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11651
11652 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11653 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11654 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11655 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11656 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11657 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11658
11659 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11660 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11661 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11662 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11663 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11664
11665 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11666
11667 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11668
11669 ;;;***
11670 \f
11671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21583 31547 162318 0))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11673 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11674 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11675 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11676
11677 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11678 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11679
11680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681
11682 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11683 Read network news.
11684 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11685 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11686 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11687 name of an NNTP server to use.
11688 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11689 server.
11690
11691 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11692
11693 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11694 Read news as a slave.
11695
11696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11697
11698 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11699 Pop up a frame to read news.
11700 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11701 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11702 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11703 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11704 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11705 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11706 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11707 current display is used.
11708
11709 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11710
11711 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news.
11713 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11714 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11715 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11716
11717 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11718
11719 ;;;***
11720 \f
11721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11722 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11726 Start Gnus unplugged.
11727
11728 \(fn)" t nil)
11729
11730 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Start Gnus plugged.
11732
11733 \(fn)" t nil)
11734
11735 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11736 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11737
11738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11741 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11742
11743 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11744 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11745 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11746
11747 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11748 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11749 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11750
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11752
11753 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11754 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11755
11756 \(fn)" nil nil)
11757
11758 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11759 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11760 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11761 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11762 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11763 supported.
11764
11765 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11768 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11769 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11770 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11771 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11772 supported.
11773
11774 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11775
11776 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11777 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11778
11779 \(fn)" nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11782 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11783 downloaded into the agent.
11784
11785 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11786
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11789 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11790 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11791
11792 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11793
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11796
11797 \(fn)" t nil)
11798
11799 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11801
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11806 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11807
11808 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11809
11810 ;;;***
11811 \f
11812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11813 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11817 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11818
11819 \(fn)" nil nil)
11820
11821 ;;;***
11822 \f
11823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11824 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11828 Set a bookmark for this article.
11829
11830 \(fn)" t nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11833 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11834
11835 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11838 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11839 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11840 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11841 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11842
11843 \(fn)" t nil)
11844
11845 ;;;***
11846 \f
11847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11848 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11850
11851 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11852 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11853
11854 Usage:
11855 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11856
11857 \(fn)" t nil)
11858
11859 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11860 Generate the cache active file.
11861
11862 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11863
11864 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11865 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11866
11867 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11868
11869 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11870 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11871 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11872 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11873 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11874 supported.
11875
11876 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11880 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11881 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11882 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11883 supported.
11884
11885 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11886
11887 ;;;***
11888 \f
11889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11890 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11894 Delay this article by some time.
11895 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11896
11897 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11898 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11899
11900 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11901 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11902
11903 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11904 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11905
11906 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11909 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11914 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11915 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11916 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11917
11918 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11919 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11920
11921 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11922
11923 ;;;***
11924 \f
11925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11926 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11930
11931
11932 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11935
11936
11937 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11938
11939 ;;;***
11940 \f
11941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
11942 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11944
11945 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11946 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11947
11948 \(fn)" t nil)
11949
11950 ;;;***
11951 \f
11952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
11953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11957 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11958
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 50356
11964 ;;;;;; 891885 0))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11968 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11969
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11973 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11974
11975 \(fn)" t nil)
11976
11977 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11978 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11979
11980 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11981 different input formats.
11982
11983 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11986 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11987
11988 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11989 different input formats.
11990
11991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11994 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11995 The PNG is returned as a string.
11996
11997 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12000 Convert FILE to a Face.
12001 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12002 726 bytes.
12003
12004 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12005
12006 ;;;***
12007 \f
12008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12009 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12013 Display gravatar in the From header.
12014 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12015
12016 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12019 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12020 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12021
12022 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12023
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12027 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12031 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12032 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12033 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12034
12035 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12038 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12039
12040 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12041
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12045 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12049
12050
12051 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12054
12055
12056 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12057
12058 ;;;***
12059 \f
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12061 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12063
12064 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12067 Run batched scoring.
12068 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12069
12070 \(fn)" t nil)
12071
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 0
12075 ;;;;;; 0))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12077
12078 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12079
12080
12081 \(fn)" nil nil)
12082
12083 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12084 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12085 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12086
12087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12090 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12091
12092 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12093
12094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12095
12096 ;;;***
12097 \f
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12099 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12101
12102 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12103 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12104 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12105 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12106 group parameters.
12107
12108 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12109 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12110 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12111 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12112
12113 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12114 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12115 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12116 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12117 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12118 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12119 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12120 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12121 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12122 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12123
12124 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12127 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12128 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12129 nil CATCH-ALL).
12130
12131 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12132 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12133
12134 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12137 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12138 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12139
12140 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12141
12142 \(fn)" nil nil)
12143
12144 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12145 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12146 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12147
12148 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12149
12150 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12151 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12152 existing groups are considered.
12153
12154 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12155 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12156 returned.
12157
12158 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12159 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12160 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12161 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12162 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12163 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12164 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12165 clauses will be generated.
12166
12167 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12168 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12169 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12170 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12171 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12172 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12173
12174 For example, given the following group parameters:
12175
12176 nnml:mail.bar:
12177 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12178 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12179 nnml:mail.foo:
12180 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12181 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12182 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12183 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12184 nnml:mail.others:
12185 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12186
12187 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12188
12189 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12190 \"mail.bar\")
12191 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12192 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12193 \"mail.others\")
12194
12195 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12196
12197 ;;;***
12198 \f
12199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12200 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12202
12203 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12204 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12205 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12206 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12207 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12208 instead.
12209
12210 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12211
12212 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12213 Mail to ADDRESS.
12214
12215 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12216
12217 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12218 Like `message-reply'.
12219
12220 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12221
12222 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12227 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12229
12230 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12231 Send a notification on new message.
12232 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12233 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12234 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12235
12236 This is typically a function to add in
12237 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12238
12239 \(fn)" nil nil)
12240
12241 ;;;***
12242 \f
12243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12248 Display picons in the From header.
12249 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12250
12251 \(fn)" t nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12254 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12255 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12256
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12260 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12261 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12262
12263 \(fn)" t nil)
12264
12265 ;;;***
12266 \f
12267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12268 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12270
12271 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12272 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12273 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12274 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12275
12276 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12277
12278 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12279 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12280 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12281 LIST1 is modified.
12282
12283 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12286 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12287 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12288
12289 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12292
12293
12294 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12295
12296 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12297 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12298 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12299
12300 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12301
12302 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12303 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12304 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12305
12306 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12307
12308 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12309
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12311 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12312 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12313
12314 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12318 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12319
12320 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12323 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12324 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12325
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12329 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12330
12331 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12332
12333 ;;;***
12334 \f
12335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12336 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
12337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12338
12339 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12340 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12341
12342 \(fn)" t nil)
12343
12344 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12345 Install the registry hooks.
12346
12347 \(fn)" t nil)
12348
12349 ;;;***
12350 \f
12351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12356 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12357 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12358 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12359 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12360 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12361
12362 \(fn)" t nil)
12363
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12365 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12366 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12367 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12368 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12369
12370 \(fn)" t nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12373
12374
12375 \(fn)" t nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12380 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12384 Update the format specification near point.
12385
12386 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12393
12394 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12395 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12396
12397 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12398
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12402 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12406 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12407 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12408
12409 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12414 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12416
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12418 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12419
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12421
12422 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12423 Install the sync hooks.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12430 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12434 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12435
12436 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12442
12443 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12444 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12445 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12446 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12447 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12448 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12449
12450 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12451
12452 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12453
12454 ;;;***
12455 \f
12456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12458
12459 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12460 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12461
12462 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12463 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12464 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12465
12466 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12467 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12468 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12469
12470 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12471 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12472
12473 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12474 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12475
12476 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12477
12478 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12479
12480 ;;;***
12481 \f
12482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12483 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12485
12486 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12487
12488 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12489 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12490 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12491 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12492 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12493
12494 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12495
12496 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12497 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12498 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12499 or to send e-mail.
12500 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12501 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12502
12503 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12504 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12505
12506 \(fn)" t nil)
12507 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12508
12509 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12510 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12512 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12513 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12514
12515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12516
12517 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12518 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12519
12520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12525 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12527
12528 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12529 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12530 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12531
12532 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12533
12534 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12535 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12536
12537 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12538
12539 ;;;***
12540 \f
12541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12543
12544 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12545 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12546
12547 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12548
12549 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12550 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12551 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12552 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12553 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12554
12555 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12556 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12557 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12558
12559 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12560
12561 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12562 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12563 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12564 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12565 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12566
12567 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12568
12569 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12570 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12571
12572 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12573
12574 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12575 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12576
12577 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12578 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12579 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12580
12581 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12582 The default find program.
12583 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12584 and others.")
12585
12586 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12587 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12588 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12589 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12590
12591 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12592 How to invoke find and grep.
12593 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12594 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12595 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12596 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12597
12598 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12599
12600 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12601 History list for grep.")
12602
12603 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12604 History list for grep-find.")
12605
12606 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12607 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12608 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12609
12610 \(fn)" nil nil)
12611
12612 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12613
12614
12615 \(fn)" nil nil)
12616
12617 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12618 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12619
12620 \(fn)" nil nil)
12621
12622 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12623 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12624 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12625 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12626 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12627
12628 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12629 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12630
12631 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12632 can easily repeat a grep command.
12633
12634 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12635 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12636 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12637 list is empty).
12638
12639 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12640
12641 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12642 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12643 Collect output in a buffer.
12644 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12645 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12646
12647 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12648 easily repeat a find command.
12649
12650 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12651
12652 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12653
12654 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12655 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12656 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12657 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12658 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12659
12660 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12661 before it is executed.
12662 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12663
12664 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12665 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12666 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12667
12668 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12669
12670 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12671
12672 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12673 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12674 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12675 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12676 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12677
12678 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12679 before it is executed.
12680 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12681
12682 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12683 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12684 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12685 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12686
12687 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12688
12689 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12690 to specify a command to run.
12691
12692 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12693
12694 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12695 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12696 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12697 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12698
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12700
12701 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12702
12703 ;;;***
12704 \f
12705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12707
12708 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12709 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12710 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12711 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12712 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12713
12714 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12715
12716 ;;;***
12717 \f
12718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21510 63678 326735
12719 ;;;;;; 0))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12721
12722 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12723 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12724 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12725 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12726
12727 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12728
12729 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12730 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12732 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12733
12734 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12735
12736 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12737 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12740
12741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12742
12743 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12744 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12747
12748 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12749 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12750
12751 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12754 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12756 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12757
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12759
12760 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12761 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12764
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12768 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12769 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12770 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12771 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12772
12773 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12774 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12775 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12776 original source file access method.
12777
12778 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12779 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12780
12781 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12784 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12785
12786 \(fn)" t nil)
12787
12788 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12789 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12790 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12793 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12794
12795 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12796
12797 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12798 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12801 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12802
12803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12804
12805 ;;;***
12806 \f
12807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21387 3002 678518
12808 ;;;;;; 0))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12810
12811 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12812 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12813 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12814 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12815 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12816 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12817 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12818 set it to.
12819 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12820
12821 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12822
12823 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12824 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12825 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12826 of PLACE.
12827 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12828 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12829 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12830 and SETTER.
12831 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12832 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12833
12834 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12835
12836 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12837
12838 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12839 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12840 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12841 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12842 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12843
12844 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12845
12846 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12847
12848 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12849
12850
12851 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12852
12853 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12854
12855 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12856
12857 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12858 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12859 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12860 well for simple place forms.
12861 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12862 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12863 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12864 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12865 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12866 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12867 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12868
12869 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12870
12871 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12872
12873 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12874 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12875 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12876 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12877 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12878
12879 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12880 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12881 (let ((temp VAL))
12882 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12883 temp)
12884 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12885
12886 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12887
12888 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12889 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12890 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12891 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12892 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12893 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12894
12895 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12896
12897 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12898
12899 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12900 Return a reference to PLACE.
12901 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12902 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12903 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12904 binding mode.
12905
12906 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12907
12908 ;;;***
12909 \f
12910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12911 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12913
12914 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12915 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12916 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12917 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12918
12919 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12920 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12921 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12922 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12923
12924 \(fn)" t nil)
12925
12926 ;;;***
12927 \f
12928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12930
12931 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12932 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12933
12934 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12935
12936 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12937 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12938 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12939 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12940
12941 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12942
12943 \(fn)" t nil)
12944
12945 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12946 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12947 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12948 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12949 to be updated.
12950
12951 \(fn)" t nil)
12952
12953 ;;;***
12954 \f
12955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
12956 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12958
12959 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12960 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12961
12962 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12965 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12966 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12967
12968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12969
12970 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12971 Verify a hashcash payment
12972
12973 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12974
12975 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12976 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12977 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12978 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12979 `mail-add-payment-async').
12980
12981 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12982
12983 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12984 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12985 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12986 Calculation is asynchronous.
12987
12988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12989
12990 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12991 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12992 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12993
12994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12995
12996 ;;;***
12997 \f
12998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 0
12999 ;;;;;; 0))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13001
13002 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Return the help-echo string at point.
13004 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13005 property, or nil, is returned.
13006 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13007 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13008 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13011
13012 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13014 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13015 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13016 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13017
13018 \(fn)" nil nil)
13019
13020 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Display local help in the echo area.
13022 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13023 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13024 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13025 printed instead.
13026
13027 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13028 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13029 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13030
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13032
13033 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13035 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13036
13037 \(fn)" t nil)
13038
13039 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13041 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13042
13043 \(fn)" t nil)
13044
13045 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13046 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13047 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13048 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13049 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13050 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13051 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13052 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13053 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13054 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13055 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13056
13057 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13058 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13059 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13060 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13061 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13062
13063 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13064 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13065 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13066 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13067 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13068 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13069 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13070 The default is `never'.")
13071
13072 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13073
13074 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13076 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13077 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13078 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13079 considered different regions.
13080
13081 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13082 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13083 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13084 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13085 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13086 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13087 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13088 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13089 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13090
13091 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13092
13093 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13095 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13096 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13097 different regions.
13098
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13101 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13103 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13104 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13105 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13106 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13107
13108 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13109 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13110 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13111 rarely happens in practice.
13112
13113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13117 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13118 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13119 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13120 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13121
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13123
13124 ;;;***
13125 \f
13126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21418 44988 932893
13127 ;;;;;; 0))
13128 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13129
13130 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13131 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13132
13133 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13134
13135 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13136 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13137 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13138
13139 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13140
13141 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13142 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13143 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13144 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13145 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13146 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13147 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13148 search for a function definition.
13149
13150 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13151 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13152 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13153 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13154 suitable file is found, return nil.
13155
13156 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13157
13158 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13159
13160
13161 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13162
13163 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13164 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13165 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13166 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13167
13168 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13169
13170 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13171 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13172 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13173 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13174 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13175 it is displayed along with the global value.
13176
13177 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13180 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13181 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13182 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13183
13184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13187 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13188 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13189 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13190 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13191
13192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13193
13194 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13195 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13196
13197 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13200 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13201
13202 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13203
13204 ;;;***
13205 \f
13206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 0
13207 ;;;;;; 0))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13209
13210 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13211 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13212 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13213 window listing and describing the options.
13214 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13215 gives the window that lists the options.")
13216
13217 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13218
13219 ;;;***
13220 \f
13221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13223
13224 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13225 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13226 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13227 Commands:
13228 \\{help-mode-map}
13229
13230 \(fn)" t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13233
13234
13235 \(fn)" nil nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13238
13239
13240 \(fn)" nil nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13243 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13244
13245 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13246 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13247 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13248 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13249
13250 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13251 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13252 restore it properly when going back.
13253
13254 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13255
13256 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13257 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13258 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13259 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13260 from `help-mode'.
13261 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13262 it does not already exist.
13263
13264 \(fn)" nil nil)
13265
13266 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13267 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13268
13269 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13270 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13271 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13272 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13273 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13274 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13275 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13276 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13277
13278 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13279 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13280 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13281 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13282
13283 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13284 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13285 that.
13286
13287 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13290 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13291 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13292 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13293 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13294 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13295
13296 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13299 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13300 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13301 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13302 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13303
13304 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13305
13306 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13307 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13308
13309 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13310
13311 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13312 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13313 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13314 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13315
13316 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13317
13318 ;;;***
13319 \f
13320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13321 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13323
13324 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13325 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13326
13327 \(fn)" t nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13330 Provide help for current mode.
13331
13332 \(fn)" t nil)
13333
13334 ;;;***
13335 \f
13336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13338
13339 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13340 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13341 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13342 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13343 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13344
13345 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13346 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13347
13348 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13349 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13350 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13351 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13352
13353 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13354 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13355 periods.
13356
13357 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13358 in hexl format.
13359
13360 A sample format:
13361
13362 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13363 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13364 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13365 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13366 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13367 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13368 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13369 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13370 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13371 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13372 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13373 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13374 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13375 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13376 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13377
13378 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13379 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13380 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13381
13382 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13383 also supported.
13384
13385 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13386
13387 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13388 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13389 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13390
13391 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13392 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13393 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13394
13395 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13396 into the buffer at the current point.
13397
13398 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13399 into the buffer at the current point.
13400
13401 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13402 into the buffer at the current point.
13403
13404 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13405
13406 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13407 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13408
13409 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13410
13411 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13412
13413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13414
13415 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13416 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13417 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13418 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13419
13420 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13421
13422 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13423 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13424 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13425
13426 \(fn)" t nil)
13427
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13432
13433 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13434 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13438
13439 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13440 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13441 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13442 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13443
13444 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13445 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13446 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13447 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13448
13449 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13450 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13451 which can be called interactively, are:
13452
13453 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13454 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13455
13456 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13457 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13458 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13459 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13460
13461 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13462 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13463
13464 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13465 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13466 available face automatically.
13467
13468 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13469 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13470
13471 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13472 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13473 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13474 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13475 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13476 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13477 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13478 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13479 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13480 function returns t.
13481
13482 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13483 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13484
13485 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13486 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13487 form:
13488 Hi-lock: FOO
13489
13490 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13491 position (number of characters into buffer)
13492 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13493 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13494 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13495
13496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13497
13498 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13499 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13500 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13503 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13504
13505 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13506
13507 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13508 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13509 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13510 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13511 ARG is omitted or nil.
13512
13513 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13514 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13515 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13516
13517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13518
13519 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13520
13521 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13522 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13523 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13524 Use the global history list for FACE.
13525
13526 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13527 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13528 highlighting will not update as you type.
13529
13530 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13531
13532 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13533
13534 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13535 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13536 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13537 Use the global history list for FACE.
13538
13539 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13540 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13541 highlighting will not update as you type.
13542
13543 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13544
13545 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13546
13547 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13548 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13549 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13550 Use the global history list for FACE.
13551
13552 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13553 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13554 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13555
13556 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13557 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13558 highlighting will not update as you type.
13559
13560 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13561
13562 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13563
13564 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13565 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13566 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13567 unless you use a prefix argument.
13568 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13569
13570 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13571 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13572
13573 \(fn)" t nil)
13574
13575 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13576
13577 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13578 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13579 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13580 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13581 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13582 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13583
13584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13585
13586 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13587 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13588
13589 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13590 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13591 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13592
13593 \(fn)" t nil)
13594
13595 ;;;***
13596 \f
13597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21452 63160
13598 ;;;;;; 995987 0))
13599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13600
13601 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13602 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13606
13607 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13608 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13609 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13610 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13611
13612 `hide-ifdef-env'
13613 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13614 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13615 is used.
13616
13617 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13618 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13619 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13620 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13621 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13622
13623 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13624 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13625 #endif lines when hiding.
13626
13627 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13628 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13629 is activated.
13630
13631 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13632 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13633 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13634
13635 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13636
13637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13638
13639 ;;;***
13640 \f
13641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13642 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13644
13645 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13646 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13647 Each element has the form
13648 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13649
13650 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13651 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13652
13653 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13654 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13655
13656 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13657 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13658 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13659 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13660 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13661 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13662
13663 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13664 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13665
13666 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13667 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13668
13669 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13670 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13671 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13672
13673 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13674 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13676 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13677 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13678
13679 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13680 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13681 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13682
13683 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13684 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13685 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13686
13687 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13688 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13689
13690 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13691
13692 Key bindings:
13693 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13694
13695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13696
13697 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13698 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13699
13700 \(fn)" nil nil)
13701
13702 ;;;***
13703 \f
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13706
13707 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13708 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13710 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13711 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13712
13713 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13714 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13715 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13716 this on and off.
13717
13718 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13719 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13720 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13721 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13722 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13723 through various faces.
13724 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13725 buffer with the contents of a file
13726 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13727
13728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13729
13730 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13731 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13733 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13734 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13735
13736 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13737 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13738 in a distinctive face.
13739
13740 The default value can be customized with variable
13741 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13742
13743 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13744
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13746
13747 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13748 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13749 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13750
13751 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13755
13756 \(fn)" t nil)
13757
13758 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13759 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13760
13761 \(fn)" t nil)
13762
13763 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13764 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13765
13766 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13767 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13768 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13769 shown in the last face in the list.
13770
13771 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13772 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13773 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13774
13775 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13776
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13778
13779 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13780 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13781
13782 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13783
13784 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13785 to save the file.
13786
13787 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13788 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13789
13790 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13791 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13792 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13793
13794 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13795
13796 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13797 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13798
13799 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13800 this function is called interactively.
13801
13802 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13803 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13804 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13805
13806 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13807 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13808 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13809
13810 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13811
13812 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13813 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13814 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13817 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13818
13819 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13820
13821 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13823 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13824 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13825 ARG is omitted or nil.
13826
13827 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13828 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13829 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13830
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13832
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21375 36695 783701
13836 ;;;;;; 621000))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13838 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13839
13840 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13841 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13842 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13843 or insert functions in this list.")
13844
13845 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13846
13847 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13848 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13849 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13850 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13851 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13852 expansions.
13853 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13854 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13855 undoes the expansion.
13856
13857 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13860 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13861 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13862 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13863
13864 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13865
13866 ;;;***
13867 \f
13868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13870
13871 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13872 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13876
13877 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13878 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13879 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13880 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13881 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13882 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13883
13884 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13885 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13886 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13887 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13888
13889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13890
13891 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13892 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13893 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13895 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13896 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13897
13898 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13901 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13903 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13904 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13905
13906 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13907 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13908 windows.
13909
13910 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13911 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13912
13913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914
13915 ;;;***
13916 \f
13917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13918 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13919 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13920
13921 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13922
13923 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13924 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13925 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13926
13927 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13928
13929 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13930
13931 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13932
13933 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13934 Oriental holidays.
13935 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13936
13937 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13938
13939 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13940
13941 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13942
13943 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13944 Local holidays.
13945 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13946
13947 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13948
13949 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13950
13951 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13952
13953 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13954 User defined holidays.
13955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13956
13957 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13958
13959 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13960
13961 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13962 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13963
13964 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13965
13966 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13967 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13968
13969 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13970
13971 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13972 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13973
13974 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13975
13976 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13977 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13978
13979 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13980
13981 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13982
13983 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13984 Jewish holidays.
13985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13986
13987 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13988
13989 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13990
13991 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13992
13993 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13994 Christian holidays.
13995 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13996
13997 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13998
13999 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14000
14001 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14002
14003 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14004 Islamic holidays.
14005 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14006
14007 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14008
14009 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14010
14011 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14012
14013 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14014 Bahá'í holidays.
14015 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14016
14017 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14018
14019 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14020
14021 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14022
14023 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14024 Sun-related holidays.
14025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14026
14027 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14028
14029 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14030
14031 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14034 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14035 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14036 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14037
14038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14041 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14042 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14043 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14044 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14045
14046 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14047 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14048
14049 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14050 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14051
14052 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14053 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14054 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14055 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14056 of a holiday list.
14057
14058 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14059
14060 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14061
14062 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14063
14064 ;;;***
14065 \f
14066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21416 3260
14067 ;;;;;; 930862 0))
14068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14069
14070 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14071 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14072
14073 \(fn)" t nil)
14074
14075 ;;;***
14076 \f
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14078 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14080 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14081
14082 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14083 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14084 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14085 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14086 as possible.
14087
14088 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14089 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14090 fontified display.
14091
14092 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14093 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14094
14095 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14096 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14097 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14098
14099 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14102 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14103 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14104
14105 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14106
14107 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14113
14114 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14115 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14116
14117 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14118 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14119 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14120
14121 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14122 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14123 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14124 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14125 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14126 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14127
14128 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14129 title of the column.
14130
14131 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14132 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14133 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14134 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14135 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14136
14137 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14138
14139 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14140 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14141 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14142 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14143 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14144
14145 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14146 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14147 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14148
14149 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14150
14151 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14152 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14153 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14154 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14155 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14156 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14157
14158 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14159 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14160 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14161 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14162 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14163 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14164 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14165 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14166 values are:
14167 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14168 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14169 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14170 buffer's modification flag.
14171 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14172 prompted before performing this operation.
14173 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14174 operation is complete, in the form:
14175 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14176 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14177 confirmation message, in the form:
14178 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14179 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14180 macro for exactly what it does.
14181
14182 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14183
14184 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14185 Define a filter named NAME.
14186 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14187 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14188 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14189
14190 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14191 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14192 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14193 bound to the current value of the filter.
14194
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14196
14197 ;;;***
14198 \f
14199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14201
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14203 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14204 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14205 buffers which are visiting a file.
14206
14207 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14208
14209 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14210 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14211 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14212 buffers which are visiting a file.
14213
14214 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14215
14216 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14217 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14218 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14219
14220 All arguments are optional.
14221 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14222 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14223 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14224 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14225 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14226 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14227 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14228 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14229 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14230 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14231 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14232 that value locally in this buffer.
14233
14234 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14235
14236 ;;;***
14237 \f
14238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14239 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14241 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14242
14243 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14244 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14245 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14246 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14247
14248 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14251 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14252 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14253 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14254 ICAL-FILENAME.
14255 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14256 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14257 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14258
14259 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14260
14261 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14262 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14263 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14264 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14265 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14266 non-marking or not.
14267
14268 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14271 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14272
14273 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14274 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14275 DIARY-FILE.
14276
14277 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14278 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14279 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14280
14281 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14282 non-marking.
14283
14284 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14285 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14286 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14287
14288 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14289
14290 ;;;***
14291 \f
14292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14293 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14294
14295 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14296 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14297 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14300 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14301
14302 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14303
14304 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14305 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14307 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14308 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14309
14310 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14311 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14312 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14313 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14314
14315 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14316 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14317
14318 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14319 completions:
14320
14321 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14322
14323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14324
14325 ;;;***
14326 \f
14327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14329
14330 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14331 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14332 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14333 Tab indents for Icon code.
14334 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14336 \\{icon-mode-map}
14337 Variables controlling indentation style:
14338 icon-tab-always-indent
14339 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14340 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14341 icon-auto-newline
14342 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14343 inserted in Icon code.
14344 icon-indent-level
14345 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14346 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14347 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14348 icon-continued-statement-offset
14349 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14350 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14351 icon-continued-brace-offset
14352 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14353 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14354 icon-brace-offset
14355 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14356 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14357 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14358 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14359
14360 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14362
14363 \(fn)" t nil)
14364
14365 ;;;***
14366 \f
14367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21423
14368 ;;;;;; 62909 33477 0))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14370
14371 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14372 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14373 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14374 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14375
14376 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14377 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14378 separate frames.
14379
14380 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14381 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14382
14383 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14384 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14385 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14386
14387 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14388
14389 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14390
14391 ;;;***
14392 \f
14393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21423 62909
14394 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14396 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14397
14398 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14399 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14400
14401 The main features of this mode are
14402
14403 1. Indentation and Formatting
14404 --------------------------
14405 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14406 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14407
14408 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14409 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14410 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14411 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14412
14413 Comments are indented as follows:
14414
14415 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14416 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14417 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14418
14419 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14420
14421 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14422 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14423 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14424 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14425 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14426 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14427
14428 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14429 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14430 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14431 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14432
14433 2. Routine Info
14434 ------------
14435 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14436 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14437 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14438 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14439 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14440 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14441 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14442 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14443 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14444 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14445
14446 3. Online IDL Help
14447 ---------------
14448
14449 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14450 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14451 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14452 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14453
14454 4. Completion
14455 ----------
14456 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14457 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14458 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14459 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14460 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14461 upper case.
14462
14463 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14464 --------------------------------
14465 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14466 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14467
14468 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14469 \\fu FUNCTION template
14470 \\c CASE statement template
14471 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14472 \\f FOR loop template
14473 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14474 \\w WHILE loop template
14475 \\i IF statement template
14476 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14477 \\b BEGIN
14478
14479 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14480 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14481
14482 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14483 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14484 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14485 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14486
14487 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14488 -------------------------
14489 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14490 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14491
14492 7. Automatic END completion
14493 ------------------------
14494 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14495 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14496
14497 8. Hooks
14498 -----
14499 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14500 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14501
14502 9. Documentation and Customization
14503 -------------------------------
14504 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14505 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14506 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14507 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14508 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14509 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14510
14511 10.Keybindings
14512 -----------
14513 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14514 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14515 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14516
14517 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14518
14519 \(fn)" t nil)
14520
14521 ;;;***
14522 \f
14523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14525
14526 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14527 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14528 The following values are possible:
14529 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14530 displaying...)
14531 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14532 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14533 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14534
14535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14536 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14537
14538 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14539
14540 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14541 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14542 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14543 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14544 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14545 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14546 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14547 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14548 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14549
14550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14551
14552 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14553 Switch to another buffer.
14554 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14555 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14556 in another frame.
14557
14558 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14559 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14560 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14561 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14562 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14563
14564 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14565 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14566
14567 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14568
14569 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14570 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14571 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14572 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14573 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14574 in a separate window.
14575 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14576 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14577 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14578 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14579 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14580 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14581 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14582 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14583 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14584
14585 \(fn)" t nil)
14586
14587 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14588 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14589 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14590 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14591
14592 \(fn)" t nil)
14593
14594 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14595 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14596 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14597 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14598
14599 \(fn)" t nil)
14600
14601 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14602 Kill a buffer.
14603 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14604 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14605
14606 \(fn)" t nil)
14607
14608 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14609 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14610 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14611 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14612
14613 \(fn)" t nil)
14614
14615 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14616 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14617 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14618 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14619
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14621
14622 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14624
14625 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14626
14627 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14628 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14629 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14630 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14631 in another frame.
14632
14633 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14634 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14635 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14636 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14637 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14638 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14639
14640 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14641 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14642
14643 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14644
14645 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14646 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14647 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14648 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14649 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14650 in a separate window.
14651 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14652 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14653 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14654 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14655 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14656 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14657 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14658 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14659 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14660 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14661 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14666 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14667 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14669
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14671
14672 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14674 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14676
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14680 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14681 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14687 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14694 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14708 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14713
14714 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14715 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14720
14721 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14722 Write current buffer to a file.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14729 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734
14735 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14736 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14737 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14741
14742 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14743 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14744 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14745 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14746 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14747 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14748
14749 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14750
14751 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14752 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14753 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14754 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14755
14756 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14757
14758 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14759 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14760 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14761 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14762
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14767 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14768 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14769 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14770 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14771 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14772 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14773 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14774 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14775 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14776 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14777 with point positioned at the end.
14778 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14779 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14780
14781 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14782
14783 ;;;***
14784 \f
14785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14787
14788 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14789 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14790 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14791 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14792
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14794
14795 ;;;***
14796 \f
14797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14799
14800 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14801
14802 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14803 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14807 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14808
14809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14810
14811 ;;;***
14812 \f
14813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21526 51891 165318 0))
14814 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14815
14816 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14817 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14818 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14819 be determined.
14820
14821 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14824 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14825 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14826 be determined.
14827
14828 \(fn)" nil nil)
14829
14830 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14831 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14832 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14833 be determined.
14834
14835 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14836
14837 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14838 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14839 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14840 be determined.
14841
14842 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14843
14844 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14845 Determine and return image type.
14846 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14847 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14848 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14849 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14850 use its file extension as image type.
14851 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14852
14853 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14854
14855 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14856 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14857 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14858
14859 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14860
14861 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14862 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14863 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14864
14865 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14866 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14867 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14868 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14869 must be available.
14870
14871 \(fn)" nil nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14874 Create an image.
14875 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14876 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14877 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14878 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14879 use its file extension as image type.
14880 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14881 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14882 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14883 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14884
14885 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14886
14887 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14888 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14889 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14890
14891 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14892
14893 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14894 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14895 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14896 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14897 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14898 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14899 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14900 POS may be an integer or marker.
14901 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14902 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14903 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14904 means display it in the right marginal area.
14905
14906 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14907
14908 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14909 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14910 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14911 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14912 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14913 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14914 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14915 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14916 means display it in the right marginal area.
14917 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14918 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14919 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14920 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14921 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14922
14923 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14924
14925 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14926 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14928 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14929 STRING is a single space.
14930 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14931 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14932 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14933 means display it in the right marginal area.
14934 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14935
14936 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14937
14938 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14939 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14940 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14941 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14942
14943 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14944
14945 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14946 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14947
14948 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14949
14950 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14951 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14952 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14953 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14954 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14955 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14956 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14957 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14958 satisfied.
14959
14960 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14961
14962 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14963
14964 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14965
14966 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14967 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14968
14969 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14970 documentation string.
14971
14972 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14973 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14974 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14975 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14976 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14977 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14978 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14979 define SYMBOL.
14980
14981 Example:
14982
14983 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14984 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14985
14986 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14987
14988 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14989
14990 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14991 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14992 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14993 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14994
14995 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14996 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14997 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14998 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14999
15000 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15001
15002 \(fn)" nil nil)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15007 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15009 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15010
15011 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15012 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15013 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15014 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15015 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15016 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15017
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15019
15020 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15021 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15022
15023 Convenience command that:
15024
15025 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15026 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15027 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15028
15029 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15030 image files in dired and type
15031 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15032
15033 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15034
15035 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15036 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15037
15038 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15041 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15042 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15043 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15044 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15045 another one).
15046
15047 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15048 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15049 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15050
15051 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15052 instead of erasing it first.
15053
15054 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15055 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15056 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15057 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15058 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15059 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15060
15061 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15064 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15065 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15066 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15067 displayed.
15068
15069 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15070
15071 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15072
15073 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15074
15075 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15076 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15077
15078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15081 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15082 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15083
15084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15087 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15088
15089 \(fn)" t nil)
15090
15091 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15092 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15093 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15094 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15095
15096 \(fn)" t nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15099 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15100
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15104 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15105
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15107
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15109 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15110
15111 \(fn)" t nil)
15112
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15114 Display current image file.
15115 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15116 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15117
15118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15119
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15121 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15122
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15126 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15127 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15128 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15129 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15130 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15131 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15132
15133 \(fn)" t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15136 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15137 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15138 easy-to-use form.
15139
15140 \(fn)" t nil)
15141
15142 ;;;***
15143 \f
15144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 0
15145 ;;;;;; 0))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15147
15148 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15149 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15150 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15151 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15152
15153 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15154 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15155 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15156 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15157
15158 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15159
15160 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15161 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15162 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15163 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15164
15165 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15166 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15167 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15168 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15169
15170 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15171
15172 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15173 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15174
15175 \(fn)" nil nil)
15176
15177 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15178 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15179 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15180 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15181
15182 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15183
15184 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15185 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15186 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15189 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15190
15191 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15194 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15198
15199 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15200 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15201 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15202
15203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15204
15205 ;;;***
15206 \f
15207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
15208 ;;;;;; 0))
15209 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15210
15211 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15212 Major mode for image files.
15213 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15214 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15215
15216 Key bindings:
15217 \\{image-mode-map}
15218
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15222 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15226
15227 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15228 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15229 actual image.
15230
15231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15232
15233 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15234 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15235 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15236 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15237 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15238 to display an image file as the actual image.
15239
15240 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15241 to display an image file as text initially.
15242
15243 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15244 on these modes.
15245
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15247
15248 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15249
15250
15251 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15252
15253 ;;;***
15254 \f
15255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21553 10423 381604 0))
15256 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15257
15258 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15259 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15260
15261 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15262
15263 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15264 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15265 in the buffer.
15266
15267 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15268
15269 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15270 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15271 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15272
15273 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15274
15275 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15276 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15277 Each element of this list should have the form
15278
15279 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15280
15281 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15282 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15283 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15284 matches are put).
15285 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15286 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15287 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15288 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15289 another element.
15290 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15291 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15292 the menu item.
15293 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15294 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15295 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15296 the ARGUMENTS.
15297
15298 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15299 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15300 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15301
15302 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15303 create a buffer index.
15304
15305 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15306 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15307 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15308 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15309 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15310
15311 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15312
15313 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15314 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15315
15316 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15317 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15318 called within a `save-excursion'.
15319
15320 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15321
15322 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15323
15324 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15325 Function for finding the next index position.
15326
15327 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15328 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15329 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15330 file.
15331
15332 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15333 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15334
15335 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15336
15337 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15338 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15339
15340 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15341 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15342 It should return the name for that index item.")
15343
15344 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15345
15346 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15347 Function to compare string with index item.
15348
15349 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15350 non-nil if they match.
15351
15352 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15353 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15354 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15355 arguments match\".")
15356
15357 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15358
15359 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15360 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15361 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15362
15363 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15364 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15365
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15367
15368 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15369
15370 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15371 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15372 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15373 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15374
15375 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15376
15377 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15378 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15379
15380 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15381
15382 \(fn)" t nil)
15383
15384 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15385 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15386 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15387 for more information.
15388
15389 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15390
15391 ;;;***
15392 \f
15393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15394 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15396
15397 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15398 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15399
15400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15401
15402 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15403
15404
15405 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15406
15407 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15408
15409
15410 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15411
15412 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15413
15414
15415 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15416
15417 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15418 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15419
15420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15421
15422 ;;;***
15423 \f
15424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15425 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15427
15428 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15429 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15430 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15431 to that buffer.
15432 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15433 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15434 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15435 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15436
15437 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15438
15439 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15440
15441 ;;;***
15442 \f
15443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21478 823 211178 0))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15445
15446 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15447 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15448 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15449 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15450 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15451 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15452 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15453 first in this list.
15454
15455 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15456 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15457 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15458 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15459 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15460
15461 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15462 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15463 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15464
15465 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15466 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15467
15468 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15469 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15470
15471 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15472 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15473 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15474 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15475 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15476 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15477 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15478 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15479 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15480 with the top-level Info directory.
15481
15482 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15483 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15484
15485 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15486
15487 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15489 in all the directories in that path.
15490
15491 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15492
15493 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15494
15495 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15496 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15497
15498 \(fn)" t nil)
15499
15500 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15501 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15502
15503 \(fn)" t nil)
15504
15505 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15506 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15507 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15508 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15509
15510 \(fn)" nil nil)
15511
15512 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15513 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15514 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15515 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15516
15517 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15518
15519 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15520 Go to the Info directory node.
15521
15522 \(fn)" t nil)
15523
15524 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15525 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15526 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15527 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15528 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15529 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15530
15531 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15534 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15535 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15536
15537 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15538
15539 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15540 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15541 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15542 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15543 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15544
15545 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15548 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15549 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15550 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15551 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15552
15553 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15554 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15555
15556 Selecting other nodes:
15557 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15558 Follow a node reference you click on.
15559 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15560 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15561 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15562 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15563 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15564 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15565 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15566 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15567 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15568 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15569 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15570 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15571 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15572 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15573 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15574 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15575 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15576 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15577 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15578 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15579
15580 Moving within a node:
15581 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15582 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15583 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15584 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15585 move up to the parent node.
15586 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15587 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15588 if there is none.
15589 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15590
15591 Advanced commands:
15592 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15593 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15594 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15595 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15596 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15597 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15598 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15599 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15600 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15601 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15602 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15603 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15604 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15605 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15606 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15607 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15608
15609 \(fn)" t nil)
15610 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15611
15612 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15613 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15614 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15615 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15616 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15617 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15618
15619 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15620 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15621
15622 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15623 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15624 KEY is a string.
15625 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15626 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15627 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15628 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15629
15630 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15631
15632 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15633 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15634 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15635
15636 \(fn)" t nil)
15637
15638 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15639 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15640 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15641
15642 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15643
15644 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15645 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15646 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15647 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15648
15649 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15650
15651 ;;;***
15652 \f
15653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15654 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15655
15656 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15657 Throw away all cached data.
15658 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15659 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15660 system.
15661
15662 \(fn)" t nil)
15663 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15664
15665 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15666 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15667 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15668 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15669 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15670 one found at point.
15671
15672 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15673
15674 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15675 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15676
15677 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15678 Display the documentation of a file.
15679 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15680 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15681 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15682 The default file name is the one found at point.
15683
15684 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15685
15686 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15687
15688 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15689 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15690
15691 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15694 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15695
15696 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15697
15698 ;;;***
15699 \f
15700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15702 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15703
15704 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15705 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15706 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15707 current info file is the default.
15708
15709 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15710 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15711 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15712 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15713 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15714
15715 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15716 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15717 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15718 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15719 mistake in the reference.
15720
15721 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15722 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15723 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15724
15725 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15726 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15727 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15728 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15729
15730 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15733 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15734 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15735 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15736 checked.
15737
15738 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15739 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15740 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15741 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15742 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15743 should be harmless.
15744
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15746
15747 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15748 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15749 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15750 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15751
15752 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15753 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15754 and can take a long time.
15755
15756 \(fn)" t nil)
15757
15758 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15759 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15760 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15761
15762 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15763
15764 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15765 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15766
15767 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15768 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15769 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15770 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15771 all builtins).
15772
15773 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15774 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15775 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15776 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15777 the sources handy.
15778
15779 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15780
15781 ;;;***
15782 \f
15783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15784 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15785
15786 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15787 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15788
15789 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15790
15791 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15792 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15793
15794 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15795
15796 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15797 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15798 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15799 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15800
15801 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15802 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15803 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15804
15805 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15806 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15807 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15808 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15809
15810 \(fn)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15813 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15814 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15815
15816 \(fn)" t nil)
15817
15818 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15819 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15820 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15821 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15823
15824 \(fn)" nil nil)
15825
15826 ;;;***
15827 \f
15828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15831 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15832
15833 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15834 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15835 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15836
15837 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15838
15839 ;;;***
15840 \f
15841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15842 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15844
15845 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15846 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15847
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15851 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15852
15853 \(fn)" t nil)
15854
15855 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15856
15857
15858 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15859
15860 ;;;***
15861 \f
15862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15863 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15864 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15865
15866 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15867 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15868 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15869 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15870 accessed via isearchb.
15871
15872 \(fn)" t nil)
15873
15874 ;;;***
15875 \f
15876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15877 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15879
15880 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15881 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15882 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15883 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15884 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15885
15886 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15889 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15890 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15891 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15893
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15898 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15899 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15900 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15901
15902 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15905 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15906 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15907 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15908 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15909
15910 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15911
15912 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15913 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15914 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15915 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15917
15918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15922 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15923 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15925
15926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15927
15928 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15929 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15930 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15931 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15933
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15935
15936 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15938 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15940
15941 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15944 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15945 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15946 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15947
15948 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Warn that format is read-only.
15952
15953 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15954
15955 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15956 Warn that format is write-only.
15957
15958 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15962
15963 \(fn)" t nil)
15964
15965 ;;;***
15966 \f
15967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15968 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15970 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15971 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15972
15973 ;;;***
15974 \f
15975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
15976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15978
15979 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15980
15981 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15982 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15983 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15984 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15985 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15986
15987 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15988
15989 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15990
15991 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15992 Key map for ispell menu.")
15993
15994 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15995 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15996 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15997 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15998
15999 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16000
16001 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16002
16003 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16004
16005 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16006
16007 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16008 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16009 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16010 Valid forms include:
16011 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16012 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16013 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16014 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16015
16016 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16017 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16018 First list is used raw.
16019 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16020
16021 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16022 for skipping in latex mode.")
16023
16024 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16025 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16026 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16027 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16028 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16029 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16030 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16031
16032 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16033 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16034 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16035 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16036
16037 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16038 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16039 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16040 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16041 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16042
16043 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16044 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16045
16046 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16047 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16048
16049 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16050 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16051
16052 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16053 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16054
16055 Return values:
16056 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16057 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16058 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16059 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16060 quit spell session exited.
16061
16062 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16063
16064 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16065 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16066 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16067
16068 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16069
16070 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16071 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16072
16073 Selections are:
16074
16075 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16076 SPC: Accept word this time.
16077 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16078 `a': Accept word for this session.
16079 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16080 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16081 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16082 `?': Show these commands.
16083 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16084 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16085 the aborted check to be completed later.
16086 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16087 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16088 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16089 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16090 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16091 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16092 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16093
16094 \(fn)" nil nil)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16097 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16098 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16099 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16100
16101 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16102
16103 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16104 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16105 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16106 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16107
16108 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16109
16110 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16111
16112 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16113 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16114 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16115 amount for last line processed.
16116
16117 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16118
16119 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16120 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16121
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16125 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16126
16127 \(fn)" t nil)
16128
16129 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16130 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16131 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16132
16133 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16134
16135 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16136 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16137
16138 \(fn)" t nil)
16139
16140 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16141 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16142 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16143 sequence inside of a word.
16144
16145 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16146
16147 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16148
16149 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16150 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16151
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16155 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16156 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16157 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16158
16159 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16160 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16161 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16162 available on the net.
16163
16164 \(fn)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16167 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16168 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16169 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16170 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16171
16172 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16173 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16174 spelled.
16175
16176 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16177 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16178 SPC.
16179
16180 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16181 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16182
16183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16186 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16187 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16188 Don't check included messages.
16189
16190 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16191 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16192 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16193
16194 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16195 in your init file:
16196 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16197 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16198 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16199 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16200
16201 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16202 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16203 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16204
16205 \(fn)" t nil)
16206
16207 ;;;***
16208 \f
16209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16210 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16212
16213 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16214
16215
16216 \(fn)" nil nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16219 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16220 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16221 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16222 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16223 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16224 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16225 necessary to represent OBJ.
16226
16227 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16230 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16231 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16232 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16233
16234 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16235
16236 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16237 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16238 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16239 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16240 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16241
16242 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16246 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16247 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16248
16249 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16250
16251 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16252 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16253 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16254 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16255
16256 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16257
16258 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16259 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16260
16261 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16264 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16265 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16266 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16267 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16268
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16272 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16273 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16274 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16275 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16280 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16281 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16282
16283 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16284
16285 ;;;***
16286 \f
16287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16289
16290 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16291 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16292 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16293 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16294
16295 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16296
16297
16298 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16299
16300 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16301 Uninstall jka-compr.
16302 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16303 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16304 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16305
16306 \(fn)" nil nil)
16307
16308 ;;;***
16309 \f
16310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 3002 678518 0))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16312 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16313
16314 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16315 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16316
16317 \(fn)" t nil)
16318 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16319
16320 ;;;***
16321 \f
16322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16323 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16324 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16325
16326 ;;;***
16327 \f
16328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16329 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16331
16332 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16333 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16334 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16335 decimal key must be specified.")
16336
16337 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16338
16339 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16340 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16341 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16342 decimal key must be specified.")
16343
16344 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16345
16346 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16347 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16348 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16349 decimal key must be specified.")
16350
16351 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16352
16353 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16354 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16355 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16356 decimal key must be specified.")
16357
16358 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16361 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16362 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16363 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16364 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16365 keys are bound.
16366
16367 Setup Binding
16368 -------------------------------------------------------------
16369 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16370 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16371 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16372 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16373 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16374 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16375 in the global and local keymaps.
16376
16377 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16378 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16379
16380 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16381
16382 ;;;***
16383 \f
16384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16385 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16387
16388 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16389 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16390 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16391
16392 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16393 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16394 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16395 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16396 shorter.
16397
16398 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16399 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16400 the context of text formatting.
16401
16402 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16403
16404 ;;;***
16405 \f
16406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 0
16407 ;;;;;; 0))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16409
16410 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16411 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16412 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16413 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16414 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16415 positions that contains the current selection.")
16416
16417 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16418 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16419 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16420 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16421 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16422 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16423 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16424
16425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16431 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16432 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16433 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16434 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16435 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16436 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16437 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16438
16439 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16440 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16441 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16442
16443 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16444
16445 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16446 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16447 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16448 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16449 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16450
16451 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16452
16453 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16454 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16455 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16456
16457 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16458 defining the macro.
16459
16460 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16461 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16462 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16463
16464 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16465 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16466
16467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16468
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16470 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16471 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16472 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16473 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16474 under that name.
16475
16476 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16477 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16478 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16479
16480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16481
16482 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16483 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16484 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16485 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16486
16487 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16488 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16489 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16490 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16491
16492 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16493 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16494
16495 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16498 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16499 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16500
16501 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16502 macro.
16503
16504 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16505 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16506
16507 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16508 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16509 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16510
16511 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16512 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16513
16514 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16515
16516 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16517 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16518 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16519 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16520
16521 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16524 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16525 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16526 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16527
16528 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16529 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16530
16531 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16532
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16534 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16535 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16536
16537 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16542 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16544
16545 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16546 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16547 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16548
16549 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16550
16551
16552 \(fn)" nil nil)
16553
16554 ;;;***
16555 \f
16556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21414 47927
16557 ;;;;;; 641973 0))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16559
16560 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16561
16562 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16563 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16564
16565 \(fn)" t nil)
16566
16567 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16568 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16569 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16570 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16571
16572 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16573 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16574 none / 1 | yes | no
16575 2 | yes | yes
16576 3 | no | yes
16577 4 | no | no
16578
16579 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16580 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16581 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16582
16583 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16584
16585 ;;;***
16586 \f
16587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16588 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16590
16591 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16592
16593
16594 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16595
16596 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16597 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16598 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16599 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16600 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16601 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16602
16603 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16604 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16605
16606 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16607
16608 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16609 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16610
16611 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16612
16613 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16614
16615
16616 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16617
16618 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16619
16620
16621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16622
16623 ;;;***
16624 \f
16625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16626 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16628
16629 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16630 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16631 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16632 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16633
16634 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16635
16636 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16637 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16638 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16639
16640 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16641
16642 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16643 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16644 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16645
16646 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16647
16648 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16649 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16650 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16651 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16652
16653 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16654
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16658 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16660
16661 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16662 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16663 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16664 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16665 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16666 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16667 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16668 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16669
16670 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16671 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16672
16673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16674 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16675
16676 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16679 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16680 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16681 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16682 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16683 `latin1-display-setup'.
16684
16685 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16686
16687 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16688 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16689 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16690 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16691
16692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16693 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16694
16695 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16696
16697 ;;;***
16698 \f
16699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16700 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16702
16703 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16704 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16705
16706 \(fn)" t nil)
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16712
16713 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16714 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16715 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16716 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16717 generations (this defaults to 1).
16718
16719 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16720
16721 ;;;***
16722 \f
16723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16725 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16726
16727 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16728 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16730 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16731 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16732
16733 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16734
16735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16736
16737 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16738 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16739 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16742 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16743
16744 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16745
16746 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16747 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16748 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16749 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16750 ARG is omitted or nil.
16751
16752 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16753 `linum-on' would do it.
16754 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16755
16756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16757
16758 ;;;***
16759 \f
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16761 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16762
16763 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16764 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16765 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16766 is nil, raise an error.
16767
16768 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16769 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16770 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16771 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16772 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16773 defined by the library.
16774
16775 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16776 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16777 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16778 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16779 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16780 proceeds.
16781
16782 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16783 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16784 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16785 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16786
16787 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16788
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16793
16794 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16795 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16796 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16797
16798 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16799
16800 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16801 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16802 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16803 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16804
16805 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16806 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16807 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16808 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16809 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16810 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16811 the version.)
16812
16813 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16814 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16815
16816 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16817 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16818
16819 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16820 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16821
16822 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16823
16824 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16825 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16826 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16827 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16828 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16829 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16830 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16831 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16832 to constrain a big search.
16833
16834 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16835
16836 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16837 except that FILTER is not optional.
16838
16839 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16840
16841 ;;;***
16842 \f
16843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21438 54848 741535
16844 ;;;;;; 566000))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16846
16847 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16848 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16849 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16850 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16851 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16852 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16853 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16854 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16855 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16856 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16857
16858 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16859 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16860 associated values:
16861 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16862 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16863 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16864 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16865 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16866
16867 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16868 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16869 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16870
16871 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16872
16873 ;;;***
16874 \f
16875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 0
16876 ;;;;;; 0))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16878
16879 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16880 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16881
16882 \(fn)" t nil)
16883
16884 ;;;***
16885 \f
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16888
16889 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16890 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16891
16892 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16893 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16894
16895 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16896 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16897 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16898
16899 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16900 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16901
16902 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16903 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16904 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16905 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16906 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16907 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16908 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16909
16910 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16911
16912 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16913 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16914 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16915 switch on this list.
16916 See `lpr-command'.")
16917
16918 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16919
16920 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16921 Name of program for printing a file.
16922
16923 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16924 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16925 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16926 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16927 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16928 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16929 argument.")
16930
16931 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16932
16933 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16934 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16935 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16936 for customization of the printer command.
16937
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16939
16940 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16941 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16942
16943 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16944 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16945 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16946 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16947
16948 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16949 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16950
16951 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16952 for further customization of the printer command.
16953
16954 \(fn)" t nil)
16955
16956 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16957 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16958 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16959 for customization of the printer command.
16960
16961 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16962
16963 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16964 Paginate and print the region contents.
16965
16966 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16967 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16968 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16969 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16970
16971 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16972 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16973
16974 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16975 for further customization of the printer command.
16976
16977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16978
16979 ;;;***
16980 \f
16981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16983
16984 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16985 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16986 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16987
16988 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16989
16990 ;;;***
16991 \f
16992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 0
16993 ;;;;;; 0))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16995
16996 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16997 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16998 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16999 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17000
17001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17002
17003 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17004
17005 ;;;***
17006 \f
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17008 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17010
17011 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17012 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17013
17014 \(fn)" t nil)
17015
17016 ;;;***
17017 \f
17018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17020
17021 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17022 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17023 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17024 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17025 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17026
17027 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17028
17029 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17030 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17031 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17032 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17033 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17034
17035 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17036 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17037 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17038 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17039 bindings.
17040
17041 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17042 use this command, and then save the file.
17043
17044 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17045
17046 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17047 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17048 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17049 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17050 each time the macro executes.
17051 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17052 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17053 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17054 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17055 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17056 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17057 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17058
17059 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17060
17061 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17062 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17063 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17064 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17065
17066 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17067 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17068 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17069 execute.
17070
17071 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17072 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17073
17074 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17075 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17076 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17077 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17078 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17079
17080 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17081 looked like this:
17082
17083 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17084 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17085 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17086
17087 You could enter the names in this format:
17088
17089 foo
17090 bar
17091 baz
17092
17093 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17094
17095 \\C-x (
17096 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17097 \\C-x )
17098
17099 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17100 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17101
17102 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17103 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17104
17105 ;;;***
17106 \f
17107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17108 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17110
17111 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17112 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17113 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17114 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17115 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17116 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17117
17118 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17119 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17120 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17121 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17122 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17123
17124 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17125 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17126 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17127 consing a string.)
17128
17129 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17130
17131 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17132 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17133
17134 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17135
17136 ;;;***
17137 \f
17138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17139 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17141
17142 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17143 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17144
17145 \(fn)" nil nil)
17146
17147 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17148
17149
17150 \(fn)" nil nil)
17151
17152 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17153 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17154
17155 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17156
17157 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17158 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17159 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17160 message.
17161
17162 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17163
17164 \(fn)" nil nil)
17165
17166 ;;;***
17167 \f
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17169 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17171
17172 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17173 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17174 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17175 often correct parser.")
17176
17177 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17178
17179 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17180 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17181 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17182 a value which excludes your own email address.
17183
17184 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17185 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17186
17187 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17188
17189 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17190 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17191
17192 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17193
17194 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17195 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17196 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17197 we return it unconverted.
17198
17199 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17200 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17201
17202 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17203
17204 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17205 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17206 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17207 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17208
17209 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17210
17211 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17212 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17213 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17214 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17215
17216 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17217
17218 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17219 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17220 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17221 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17222 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17223 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17224 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17225 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17226 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17227 as Rmail does.
17228
17229 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17230
17231 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17232 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17233 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17234 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17235 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17236 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17237 matches may be returned from the message body.
17238
17239 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17240
17241 ;;;***
17242 \f
17243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17244 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17246
17247 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17248 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17249 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17252 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17253
17254 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17255
17256 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17257 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17261
17262 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17263 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17264 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17265 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17266
17267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17268
17269 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17270 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17271
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17273
17274 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17275 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17276 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17277
17278 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17279
17280 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17281 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17282 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17283
17284 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17285 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17286 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17287 double-quotes.
17288
17289 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17290
17291 ;;;***
17292 \f
17293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17294 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17296
17297 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17298 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17299 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17300 king@grassland.com
17301 If `parens', they look like:
17302 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17303 If `angles', they look like:
17304 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17305
17306 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17307
17308 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17309 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17310 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17311 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17312 their `Resent-' variants.
17313
17314 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17315 removed from alias expansions.
17316
17317 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17320 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17321 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17322
17323 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17324 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17325 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17326 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17327
17328 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17329
17330 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17331 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17332 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17333
17334 \(fn)" nil nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17337 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17338 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17339 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17340
17341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17342
17343 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17344
17345 ;;;***
17346 \f
17347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17348 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17350
17351 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17352 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17353 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17354 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17355
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17357
17358 ;;;***
17359 \f
17360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17361 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17363
17364 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17365 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17366
17367 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17368 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17369 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17370 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17371 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17372 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17373
17374 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17375 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17376 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17377 dependency, despite the colon.
17378
17379 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17380
17381 In the browser, use the following keys:
17382
17383 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17384
17385 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17386
17387 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17388 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17389
17390 `makefile-target-colon':
17391 The string that gets appended to all target names
17392 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17393 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17394
17395 `makefile-macro-assign':
17396 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17397 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17398 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17399 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17400 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17401 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17402
17403 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17404 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17405 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17406
17407 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17408 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17409
17410 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17411 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17412 up or down in the browser.
17413
17414 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17415 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17416
17417 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17418 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17419
17420 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17421 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17422 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17423 has been selected in the browser.
17424
17425 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17426 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17427 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17428 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17429 filenames are omitted.
17430
17431 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17432 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17433 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17434 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17435 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17436 the backslash itself intact.
17437 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17438 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17439
17440 `makefile-browser-hook':
17441 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17442 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17443
17444 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17445 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17446 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17447 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17448
17449 \(fn)" t nil)
17450
17451 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17452 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17453
17454 \(fn)" t nil)
17455
17456 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17457 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17458
17459 \(fn)" t nil)
17460
17461 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17462 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17463
17464 \(fn)" t nil)
17465
17466 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17467 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17468
17469 \(fn)" t nil)
17470
17471 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17472 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17473
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17475
17476 ;;;***
17477 \f
17478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17480
17481 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17482 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17483 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17484
17485 \(fn)" t nil)
17486
17487 ;;;***
17488 \f
17489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21587 28603 874778 0))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17491
17492 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17493
17494 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17495 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17496 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17497 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17498 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17499 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17500 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17501 page, it will display immediately.
17502
17503 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17504 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17505 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17506
17507 cat(1)
17508 1 cat
17509
17510 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17511 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17512 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17513 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17514
17515 -a chmod
17516
17517 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17518 otherwise look like a page name.
17519
17520 /my/file/name.1.gz
17521 -l somefile.1
17522
17523 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17524 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17525 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17526
17527 -k pattern
17528
17529 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17530
17531 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17532 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17533
17534 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17537 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17538
17539 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17540
17541 ;;;***
17542 \f
17543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17544 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17545 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17546
17547 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17548 Toggle Master mode.
17549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17552
17553 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17554 using the following commands:
17555
17556 \\{master-mode-map}
17557
17558 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17559 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17560 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17561
17562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17563
17564 ;;;***
17565 \f
17566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17568
17569 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17570 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17571 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17574 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17575
17576 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17577
17578 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17579 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17581 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17582 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17583
17584 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17585 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17586 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17587 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17588
17589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17590
17591 ;;;***
17592 \f
17593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17595 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17596
17597 ;;;***
17598 \f
17599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 0
17600 ;;;;;; 0))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17602
17603 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17604
17605 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17606 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17607 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17608 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17609 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17610 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17611 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17612 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17613 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17614 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17615 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17616 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17617 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17618 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17619 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17620 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17621 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17622 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17623 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17624 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17625 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17626 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17627 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17628 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17629 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17630 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17631 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17632 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17633 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17634 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17635 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17636 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17637 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17638 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17639 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17640 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17641 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17642 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17643
17644 \(fn)" t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17647 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17648 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17649 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17650 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17651
17652 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17655 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17656
17657 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17658
17659 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17660 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17661
17662 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17663
17664 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17665 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17666
17667 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17668
17669 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17670 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17671 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17672
17673 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17674
17675 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17676 Cancel an article you posted.
17677 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17678
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680
17681 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17682 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17683 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17684 header line with the old Message-ID.
17685
17686 \(fn)" t nil)
17687
17688 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17689 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17690
17691 \(fn)" t nil)
17692
17693 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17694 Forward the current message via mail.
17695 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17696 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17697
17698 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17699
17700 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17701
17702
17703 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17704
17705 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17706
17707
17708 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17709
17710 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17711 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17712
17713 \(fn)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17716 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17717
17718 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17721 Re-mail the current message.
17722 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17723 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17724 you.
17725
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17729 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17730
17731 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17732
17733 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17734 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17735
17736 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17737
17738 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17739 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17740
17741 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17744 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17745
17746 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17749 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17750 Works by overstriking characters.
17751 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17752 which specify the range to operate on.
17753
17754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17757 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17758 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17759 which specify the range to operate on.
17760
17761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17762
17763 ;;;***
17764 \f
17765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17766 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17768 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17769
17770 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17771 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17772
17773 \(fn)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17776 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17777
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17779
17780 ;;;***
17781 \f
17782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17783 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17785
17786 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17787 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17788 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17789
17790 \(fn)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17793 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17794 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17795 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17796 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17797 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17798 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17799
17800 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17801
17802 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17803 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17804 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17805 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17806 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17807 means current).
17808 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17809 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17810
17811 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17814 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17815 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17816 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17817 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17818 means current).
17819 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17820 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17821
17822 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17823
17824 ;;;***
17825 \f
17826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21546 37177 316318
17827 ;;;;;; 0))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17829
17830 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17831 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17832 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17837 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17838 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17839
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17843 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17844
17845 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17846 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17847 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17848
17849 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17850 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17851
17852 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17853 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17854
17855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17856
17857 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17858
17859 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17860 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17861 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17862 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17863 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17864 as `compose-mail'.
17865
17866 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17867 initial Subject field, respectively.
17868
17869 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17870 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17871 are strings.
17872
17873 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17874 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17879 Save draft and send message.
17880
17881 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17882 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17883 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17884 Mail Delivery*\".
17885
17886 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17887 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17888 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17889
17890 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17891 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17892 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17893 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17894 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17895 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17896
17897 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17898 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17899
17900 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17901 message and scan line.
17902
17903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17906 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17907
17908 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17909 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17910 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17911 delete the draft message.
17912
17913 \(fn)" t nil)
17914
17915 ;;;***
17916 \f
17917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21546 37177 316318 0))
17918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17919 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17920
17921 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17922
17923 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17924
17925 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17926
17927 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17928 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17929
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17931
17932 ;;;***
17933 \f
17934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
17935 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17937
17938 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17939 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17940 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17941
17942 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17943 the MH mail system.
17944
17945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17946
17947 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17948 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17949 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17950
17951 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17952 the MH mail system.
17953
17954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17955
17956 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17957 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17958
17959 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17960 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17961 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17962 separate command.
17963
17964 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17965 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17966 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17967 format.
17968
17969 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17970
17971 Ranges
17972 ======
17973 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17974 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17975 can be used in several ways.
17976
17977 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17978 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17979 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17980 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17981 page):
17982
17983 <num1>-<num2>
17984 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17985 The range must be nonempty.
17986
17987 <num>:N
17988 <num>:+N
17989 <num>:-N
17990 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17991 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17992 last.
17993
17994 first:N
17995 prev:N
17996 next:N
17997 last:N
17998 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17999
18000 all
18001 All of the messages.
18002
18003 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18004 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18005
18006 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18007 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18008 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18009
18010 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18011
18012 \(fn)" t nil)
18013
18014 ;;;***
18015 \f
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18017 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18018
18019 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18020 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18021 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18022 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18023 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18024 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18025 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18026 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18027 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18028 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18029 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18030
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18034 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18035 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18036 to its second argument TM.
18037
18038 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18039
18040 ;;;***
18041 \f
18042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18043 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18044 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18045
18046 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18047 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18048 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18049 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18050 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18051 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18052
18053 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18056 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18058 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18059 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18060
18061 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18062 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18063 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18064 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18065 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18066 is modified to remove the default indication.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18069
18070 ;;;***
18071 \f
18072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18073 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18074
18075 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18076 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18077 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18078 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18079 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18080 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18081 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18082 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18083 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18084
18085 \(fn)" t nil)
18086
18087 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18088 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18089 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18090 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18091 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18092 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18093 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18094 The return value is always nil.
18095
18096 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18097
18098 ;;;***
18099 \f
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18102 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18103
18104 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18105 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18106
18107 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18108 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18109 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18110 next occurrence.
18111
18112 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18113 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18114 end of the search space).
18115
18116 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18117 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18118 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18119 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18120 should return the previous buffer to search.
18121
18122 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18123 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18124 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18125
18126 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18127 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18128 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18129 Isearch starts.")
18130
18131 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18132 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18133 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18134
18135 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18136 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18137 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18138
18139 \(fn)" nil nil)
18140
18141 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18142 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18143 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18144 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18145 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18146 whose names match the specified regexp.
18147
18148 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18151 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18152 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18153 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18154 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18155 whose names match the specified regexp.
18156
18157 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18158
18159 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18160 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18161 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18162 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18163 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18164 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18165 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18166
18167 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18168
18169 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18170 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18171 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18172 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18173 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18174 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18175 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18176
18177 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18178
18179 ;;;***
18180 \f
18181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18182 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18184 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18185
18186 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18187 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18188
18189 \(fn)" t nil)
18190
18191 ;;;***
18192 \f
18193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18194 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18196
18197 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18198 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18199
18200 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18201
18202 ;;;***
18203 \f
18204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18205 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18207
18208 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18209 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18210
18211 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18212
18213 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18214 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18215 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18216 the entire message.
18217 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18218
18219 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18220
18221 ;;;***
18222 \f
18223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18224 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18226
18227 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18228 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18229 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18230 the entire message.
18231 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18232
18233 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18234
18235 ;;;***
18236 \f
18237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18239
18240 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18241 Insert file contents of URL.
18242 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18243
18244 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18245
18246 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18247 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18248
18249 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18250
18251 ;;;***
18252 \f
18253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18255
18256 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18257 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18258 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18259 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18260 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18261
18262 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18263
18264 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18265 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18266 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18267
18268 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18269
18270 ;;;***
18271 \f
18272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21547 58040 560240 0))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18274
18275 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18276 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18277
18278 \(fn)" nil nil)
18279
18280 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18281 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18282 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18283 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18284 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18285
18286 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18287 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18288 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18289 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18290 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18291 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18292
18293 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 0
18298 ;;;;;; 0))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18300
18301 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18302
18303
18304 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18305
18306 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18307
18308
18309 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18310
18311 ;;;***
18312 \f
18313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 0
18314 ;;;;;; 0))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18316
18317 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18318
18319
18320 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18321
18322 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18323
18324
18325 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18326
18327 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18328
18329
18330 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18331
18332 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18333
18334
18335 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18336
18337 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18338
18339
18340 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18343
18344
18345 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18348
18349
18350 \(fn)" nil nil)
18351
18352 ;;;***
18353 \f
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18355 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18357
18358 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18359
18360 ;;;***
18361 \f
18362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18363 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18365
18366 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18367
18368 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18369 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18370 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18371 followed by the first character of the construct.
18372 \\<m2-mode-map>
18373 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18374 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18375 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18376 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18377 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18378 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18379 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18380 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18381 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18382 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18383 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18384 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18385 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18386 \\[m2-link] link
18387
18388 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18389 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18390 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18391
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18398
18399 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18400 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18401
18402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18403
18404 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18405 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18406
18407 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18408
18409 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18410 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18411
18412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18413
18414 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18415 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18416
18417 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18418
18419 ;;;***
18420 \f
18421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 0
18422 ;;;;;; 0))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18424
18425 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18426 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18427
18428 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18429 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18430 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18431
18432 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18433 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18434 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18435
18436 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18437 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18438
18439 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18440 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18441 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18442 hemisphere you're in.)
18443
18444 To test this function, evaluate:
18445 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18446
18447 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18450 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18451
18452 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18453 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18454
18455 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18456 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18457 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18458
18459 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18460 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18461
18462 To test this function, evaluate:
18463 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18464
18465 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18466
18467 ;;;***
18468 \f
18469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18471
18472 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18473 Main entry point for MPC.
18474
18475 \(fn)" t nil)
18476
18477 ;;;***
18478 \f
18479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18481
18482 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18483 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18484
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18486
18487 ;;;***
18488 \f
18489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18491
18492 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18493 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18494 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18497 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18498
18499 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18500
18501 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18502 Toggle Msb mode.
18503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18504 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18505 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18506
18507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18509
18510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18511
18512 ;;;***
18513 \f
18514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18515 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18517
18518 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18519 Display a list of all character sets.
18520
18521 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18522 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18523 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18524 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18525 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18526
18527 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18528 but still shows the full information.
18529
18530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18531
18532 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18533 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18534 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18535
18536 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18537 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18538 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18539 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18540 meanings of these arguments.
18541
18542 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18543
18544 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18545 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18546
18547 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18548
18549 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18550 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18551
18552 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18553
18554 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18555 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18556
18557 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18558
18559 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18560 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18561
18562 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18563 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18564 in place of `..':
18565 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18566 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18567 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18568 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18569 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18570 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18571 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18572 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18573 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18574 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18575 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18576 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18577 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18578 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18579 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18580 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18581
18582 \(fn)" t nil)
18583
18584 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18586
18587 \(fn)" t nil)
18588
18589 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display a list of all coding systems.
18591 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18592
18593 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18594 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18595
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18597
18598 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18599 Display a list of all coding categories.
18600
18601 \(fn)" nil nil)
18602
18603 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18604 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18605 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18606
18607 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about FONTSET.
18611 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18612
18613 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18614
18615 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display a list of all fontsets.
18617 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18618 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18619 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18620
18621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display information about all input methods.
18625
18626 \(fn)" t nil)
18627
18628 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18630
18631 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18632 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18633 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18634 system which uses fontsets).
18635
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18637
18638 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18639 Show log of font listing and opening.
18640 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18641 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18642
18643 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18644
18645 ;;;***
18646 \f
18647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18648 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18650
18651 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18652 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18653
18654 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18655 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18656
18657 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18658 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18659
18660 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18661
18662 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18663 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18664 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18665 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18666 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18667 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18668 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18669
18670 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18671 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18672 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18673 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18674 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18675 middle of a character in STR.
18676
18677 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18678 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18679
18680 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18681 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18682 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18683 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18684 defaults to \"...\".
18685
18686 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18689 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18690
18691 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18692 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18693 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18694
18695 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18696 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18697 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18698
18699 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18700 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18701 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18702 are considered.
18703 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18704 longer than KEYSEQ.
18705 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18706
18707 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18708
18709 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18710 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18711 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18712 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18713 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18714 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18715 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18716 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18717 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18718 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18719 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18720
18721 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18724 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18725
18726 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18729 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18730
18731 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18734 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18735
18736 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18739 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18740
18741 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18742
18743 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18744 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18745 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18746 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18747 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18748
18749 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18750 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18751
18752 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18753 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18754 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18755 coding systems ordered by priority.
18756
18757 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18758
18759 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18760
18761 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18762 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18763 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18764 language environment LANG-ENV.
18765
18766 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18769 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18770 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18771 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18772 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18773 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18774
18775 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18776
18777 ;;;***
18778 \f
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18780 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18782
18783 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18784 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18785
18786 \(fn)" t nil)
18787
18788 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18789 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18790
18791 \(fn)" t nil)
18792
18793 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18794 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18795
18796 \(fn)" t nil)
18797
18798 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18799 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18800
18801 \(fn)" t nil)
18802
18803 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18804 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18805
18806 \(fn)" t nil)
18807
18808 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18809 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18810
18811 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18812
18813 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18814 Ping HOST.
18815 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18816 `ping-program-options'.
18817
18818 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18821 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18822
18823 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18826 Run nslookup program.
18827
18828 \(fn)" t nil)
18829
18830 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18831 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18832
18833 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18834
18835 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18836 Run dig program.
18837
18838 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18839
18840 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18841 Run ftp program.
18842
18843 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18846 Finger USER on HOST.
18847
18848 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18851 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18852 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18853 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18854
18855 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18858
18859
18860 \(fn)" t nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18863 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18864
18865 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18868 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18869
18870 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18871
18872 ;;;***
18873 \f
18874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18876
18877 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18878 Return a user name/password pair.
18879 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18880 listed in the PORTS list.
18881
18882 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18883
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18887 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18889
18890 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18891 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18892 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18893 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18894 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18895 closes it.
18896
18897 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18898 make it unique.
18899 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18900 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18901 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18902 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18903 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18904 a port number to connect to.
18905
18906 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18907 values:
18908
18909 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18910 nil or `network'
18911 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18912 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18913 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18914 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18915 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18916 an unencrypted connection.
18917 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18918 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18919 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18920 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18921 returned object is a killed process.
18922 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18923 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18924 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18925
18926 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18927 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18928 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18929 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18930 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18931 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18932 or nil if none could be found.
18933 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18934 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18935
18936 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18937
18938 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18939 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18940 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18941
18942 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18943 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18944 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18945
18946 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18947 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18948 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18949
18950 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18951 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18952 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18953 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18954
18955 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18956 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18957
18958 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18959 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18960 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18961 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18962 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18963 or STARTTLS connections.
18964
18965 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18966 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18967
18968 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
18969 a greeting from the server.
18970
18971 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18972 asynchronously, if possible.
18973
18974 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18975
18976 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18977
18978 ;;;***
18979 \f
18980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
18981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18983
18984 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18985 Check whether newsticker is running.
18986 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18987 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18988
18989 \(fn)" nil nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18992 Start the newsticker.
18993 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18994 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18995 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18996 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18997
18998 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18999
19000 ;;;***
19001 \f
19002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19003 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
19004 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19005
19006 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19007 Start newsticker plainview.
19008
19009 \(fn)" t nil)
19010
19011 ;;;***
19012 \f
19013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19014 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19015 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19016
19017 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19018 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19019
19020 \(fn)" t nil)
19021
19022 ;;;***
19023 \f
19024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19025 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19027
19028 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19029 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19030 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19031 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19032 empty.
19033
19034 \(fn)" nil nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19037 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19038 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19039 running already.
19040
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19042
19043 ;;;***
19044 \f
19045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19046 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19048
19049 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19050 Start newsticker treeview.
19051
19052 \(fn)" t nil)
19053
19054 ;;;***
19055 \f
19056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19057 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19059 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19060
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 0
19064 ;;;;;; 0))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19066
19067 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19068 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19069
19070 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19071
19072 ;;;***
19073 \f
19074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19076
19077 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19078 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19079 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19080 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19081 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19082 symbol in the alist.
19083
19084 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19085
19086 ;;;***
19087 \f
19088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19091
19092 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19093 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19094 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19095
19096 \(fn)" t nil)
19097
19098 ;;;***
19099 \f
19100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19102
19103 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19104 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19105
19106 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19107
19108 ;;;***
19109 \f
19110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19111 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19112
19113 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19114
19115 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19116 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19117 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19118
19119 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19120
19121
19122 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19123
19124 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19125 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19126 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19127 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19128 to future sessions.
19129
19130 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19133 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19134 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19135 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19136 future sessions.
19137
19138 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19139
19140 ;;;***
19141 \f
19142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19143 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19145
19146 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19147 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19148 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19149 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19150 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19151 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19152
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19154
19155 ;;;***
19156 \f
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19159 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19160
19161 ;;;***
19162 \f
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19166
19167 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19168 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19169 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19170 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19171
19172 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 1839
19177 ;;;;;; 721535 649000))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19179
19180 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19181 Major mode for editing XML.
19182
19183 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19184 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19185 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19186 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19187 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19188 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19189 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19190
19191 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19192
19193 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19194 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19195
19196 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19197 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19198 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19199 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19200 instead of C-c.
19201
19202 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19203 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19204 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19205 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19206 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19207 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19208
19209 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19210 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19211 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19212
19213 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19214 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19215 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19216
19217 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19218 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19219 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19220 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19221 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19222 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19223 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19224 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19225 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19226
19227 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19228
19229 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19230 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19231
19232 \(fn)" t nil)
19233 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19234
19235 ;;;***
19236 \f
19237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19238 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19240
19241 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19242 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19243 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19244 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19245
19246 \(fn)" t nil)
19247
19248 ;;;***
19249 \f
19250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21430 36152
19251 ;;;;;; 122368 0))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19253
19254 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19255 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19256
19257 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19258 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19259 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19260 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19261
19262 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19263
19264 Key bindings:
19265 \\{octave-mode-map}
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19270 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19271 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19272
19273 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19274
19275 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19276 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19277
19278 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19279 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19280 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19281
19282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19283
19284 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19289 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19291
19292 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19293
19294 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19295 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19296 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19297 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19298 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19299
19300 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19301
19302 Customization:
19303
19304 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19305 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19306 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19307 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19308 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19309 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19310 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19311 Directories to search when finding external units.
19312 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19313 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19314
19315 Coloring:
19316
19317 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19318 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19319
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19321
19322 ;;;***
19323 \f
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21562 25401 415 0))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19326
19327 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19328 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19329
19330 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19333 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19334 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19335 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19336 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19337 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19338
19339 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19340
19341 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19342 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19343 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19344 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19345 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19346
19347 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19348
19349 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19350 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19351
19352 \(fn)" nil nil)
19353
19354 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19355 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19356
19357 \(fn)" nil nil)
19358
19359 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19360 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19361 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19362
19363 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19364 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19365 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19366 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19367 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19368 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19369 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19370 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19371 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19372 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19373
19374 The following commands are available:
19375
19376 \\{org-mode-map}
19377
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19379
19380 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19381 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19382
19383 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19384 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19385 in special contexts.
19386
19387 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19388 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19389 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19390 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19391 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19392 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19393 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19394 properties in the buffer.
19395 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19396 including any drawers.
19397
19398 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19399
19400 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19401 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19402 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19403 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19404 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19405 and zoom in further.
19406 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19407 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19408
19409 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19410 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19411 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19412 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19413 times right after creating a new headline.
19414
19415 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19416 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19417 is negative, go up that many levels.
19418
19419 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19420 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19421 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19422
19423 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19424 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19425 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19426 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19427
19428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19429
19430 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19431 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19432 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19433 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19434
19435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19436 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19437
19438 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19439 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19440 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19441 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19442 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19443 defined by Org-mode).
19444
19445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19446
19447 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19448 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19449
19450 \(fn)" nil nil)
19451
19452 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19453 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19454
19455 \(fn)" nil nil)
19456
19457 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19458 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19459 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19460 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19461 call CMD.
19462
19463 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19464
19465 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19466 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19467 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19468 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19469
19470 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19471 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19472 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19473
19474 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19475 part of Org's core.
19476
19477 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19478 active region.
19479
19480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19481
19482 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19483 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19484 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19485
19486 \(fn)" t nil)
19487
19488 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19489 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19490 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19491 Org-mode syntax.
19492
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19494
19495 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19496 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19497
19498 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19499
19500 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19501 Switch between Org buffers.
19502 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19503 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19504
19505 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19506 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19507
19508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19509
19510 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19511
19512 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19513
19514 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19515 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19516 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19517 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19518
19519 \(fn)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19522 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19523
19524 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19525
19526 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19527 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19528 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19529
19530 \(fn)" t nil)
19531
19532 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19533 Reload all org lisp files.
19534 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19535
19536 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19537
19538 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19539 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19540
19541 \(fn)" t nil)
19542
19543 ;;;***
19544 \f
19545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21563 46263
19546 ;;;;;; 313725 0))
19547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19548
19549 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19550 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19551
19552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19553
19554 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19555 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19556 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19557 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19558
19559 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19560 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19561 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19562 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19563 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19564 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19565 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19566 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19567 e Export views to associated files.
19568 s Search entries for keywords.
19569 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19570 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19571 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19572 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19573 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19574 > Remove a previous restriction.
19575 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19576 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19577 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19578
19579 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19580 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19581 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19582
19583 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19584 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19585 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19586 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19587 \(if active).
19588
19589 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19590
19591 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19592 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19593 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19594 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19595 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19596 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19597 before running the agenda command.
19598
19599 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19602 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19603 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19604 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19605 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19606 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19607 before running the agenda command.
19608
19609 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19610 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19611
19612 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19613
19614 category The category of the item
19615 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19616 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19617 todo selected in TODO match
19618 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19619 diary imported from diary
19620 deadline a deadline on given date
19621 scheduled scheduled on given date
19622 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19623 closed entry was closed on given date
19624 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19625 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19626 block entry has date block including g. date
19627 todo The todo keyword, if any
19628 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19629 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19630 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19631 extra Sting with extra planning info
19632 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19633 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19634 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19635
19636 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19637
19638 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19639 Store agenda views.
19640
19641 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19642
19643 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19644 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19645
19646 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19647
19648 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19649 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19650 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19651 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19652
19653 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19654 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19655 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19656
19657 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19658 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19659
19660 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19661 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19662
19663 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19664
19665 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19666 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19667
19668 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19669 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19670 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19671 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19672 EDIT-AT.
19673
19674 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19675 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19676 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19677 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19678 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19679 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19680
19681 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19682 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19683 including newlines.
19684
19685 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19686 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19687 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19688 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19689 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19690 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19691 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19692
19693 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19694 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19695 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19696 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19697
19698 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19699 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19700 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19701 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19702 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19703 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19704 Boolean search must match as full words.
19705
19706 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19707 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19708
19709 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19712 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19713 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19714 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19715 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19716 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19717
19718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19719
19720 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19721 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19722 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19723
19724 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19727 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19728 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19729 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19730 `org-stuck-projects'.
19731
19732 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19735 Return diary information from org files.
19736 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19737 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19738 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19739 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19740 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19741
19742 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19743
19744 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19745
19746 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19747 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19748
19749 &%%(org-diary)
19750
19751 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19752 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19753 So the example above may also be written as
19754
19755 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19756
19757 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19758 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19759 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19760
19761 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19762
19763 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19764 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19765
19766 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19767
19768 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19769 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19770 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19771 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19772 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19773
19774 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19775
19776 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19777 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19778 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19779
19780 \(fn)" t nil)
19781
19782 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19783 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19784 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19785 appointments.
19786
19787 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19788 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19789
19790 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19791 for filtering entries out.
19792
19793 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19794 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19795 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19796
19797 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19798 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19799
19800 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19801 (category \"Work\"))
19802
19803 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19804 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19805
19806 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19807 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19808 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19809 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19810 details and examples.
19811
19812 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19813 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19814
19815 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19816
19817 ;;;***
19818 \f
19819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21550 34234
19820 ;;;;;; 544440 0))
19821 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19822
19823 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19824 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19825
19826 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19827
19828 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19829 Capture something.
19830 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19831 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19832 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19833 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19834 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19835 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19836
19837 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19838 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19839 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19840 stored.
19841
19842 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19843
19844 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19845 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19846 will be bypassed.
19847
19848 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19849 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19850 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19851 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19852
19853 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19856 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19857
19858 \(fn)" t nil)
19859
19860 ;;;***
19861 \f
19862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19863 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19865
19866 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19867 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19868
19869 \(fn)" t nil)
19870
19871 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19872
19873
19874 \(fn)" nil nil)
19875
19876 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19877 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19878 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19879
19880 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19883 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19884
19885 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19886
19887 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19888 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19889
19890 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19891
19892 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19893 Write the column view table.
19894 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19895
19896 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19897 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19898 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19899 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19900 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19901 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19902 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19903 using `org-id-find'.
19904 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19905 a hline before each level <= that number.
19906 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19907 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19908 :skip-empty-rows
19909 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19910 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19911
19912 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19915 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19916
19917 \(fn)" t nil)
19918
19919 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19920 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19921
19922 \(fn)" t nil)
19923
19924 ;;;***
19925 \f
19926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21550 34234
19927 ;;;;;; 544440 0))
19928 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19929
19930 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19931 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19932
19933 \(fn)" nil t)
19934
19935 ;;;***
19936 \f
19937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21550 34234 544440
19938 ;;;;;; 0))
19939 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19940
19941 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19942 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19943
19944 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19945
19946 ;;;***
19947 \f
19948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21563 46263
19949 ;;;;;; 313725 0))
19950 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19951
19952 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19953 The release version of org-mode.
19954 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19955
19956 \(fn)" nil nil)
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19959 The Git version of org-mode.
19960 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19961
19962 \(fn)" nil nil)
19963
19964 ;;;***
19965 \f
19966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19968 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19969 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19970
19971 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19972 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19973 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19974 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19975
19976 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19977 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19978 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19979 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19980
19981 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19982 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19983 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19984 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19985 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19986 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19987
19988 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19989 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19990 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19991
19992 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19993 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19994 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19995 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19996 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19997 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19998 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19999 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20000 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20001 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20002 The subheadings remain visible.
20003 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20004
20005 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20006 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20007 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20008
20009 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20010 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20011
20012 \(fn)" t nil)
20013
20014 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20015 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20017 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20018 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20019
20020 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20021
20022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20023 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20024
20025 ;;;***
20026 \f
20027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21548 36924
20028 ;;;;;; 712996 563000))
20029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20030 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20031
20032 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20033 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20034 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20035 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20036 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20037
20038 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20039 activate the package system at any time.")
20040
20041 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20042
20043 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20044 Install the package PKG.
20045 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20046 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20047
20048 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20049
20050 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20051 Install a package from the current buffer.
20052 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20053 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20054 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20055
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20057
20058 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20059 Install a package from a file.
20060 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20061
20062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20063
20064 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20065 Import keys from FILE.
20066
20067 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20068
20069 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20070 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20071 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20072 makes them available for download.
20073
20074 \(fn)" t nil)
20075
20076 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20077 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20078 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20079 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20080
20081 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20082
20083 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20084 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20085
20086 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20087
20088 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20089 Display a list of packages.
20090 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20091 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20092 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20093
20094 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20095
20096 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20097
20098 ;;;***
20099 \f
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20102
20103 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20104 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20105 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20107 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20108 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20109
20110 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20111
20112 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20113 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20117
20118 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20119 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20120 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20121
20122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20123
20124 ;;;***
20125 \f
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20127 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20129 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20130
20131 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20132 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20133 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20134 unknown are returned as nil.
20135
20136 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20137
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21423 62909
20141 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20143
20144 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20145 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20146 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20147
20148 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20149 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20150
20151 Other useful functions are:
20152
20153 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20154 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20155 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20156 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20157 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20158 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20159 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20160 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20161 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20162
20163 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20164
20165 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20166 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20167 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20168 Indentation for case statements.
20169 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20170 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20171 mark after an end.
20172 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20173 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20174 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20175 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20176 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20177 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20178 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20179 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20180 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20181 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20182
20183 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20184 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20185
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20187
20188 ;;;***
20189 \f
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20191 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20193
20194 (defvar password-cache t "\
20195 Whether to cache passwords.")
20196
20197 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20198
20199 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20200 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20201 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20202
20203 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20204
20205 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20206 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20207
20208 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20209
20210 ;;;***
20211 \f
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20213 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20215
20216 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20217 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20218 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20219
20220 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20221 _ matches anything.
20222 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20223 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20224 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20225 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20226 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20227 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20228 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20229 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20230 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20231 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20232
20233 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20234 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20235 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20236 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20237 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20238 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20239
20240 PRED can take the form
20241 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20242 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20243 which is the value being matched.
20244 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20245 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20246 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20247 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20248 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20249
20250 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20251
20252 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20253
20254 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20255 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20256 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20257 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20258
20259 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20260
20261 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20262
20263 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20264 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20265 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20266 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20267
20268 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20269
20270 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20271
20272 ;;;***
20273 \f
20274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20276
20277 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20278 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20279
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20281
20282 ;;;***
20283 \f
20284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20285 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20286
20287 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20288 Completion for `gzip'.
20289
20290 \(fn)" nil nil)
20291
20292 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20293 Completion for `bzip2'.
20294
20295 \(fn)" nil nil)
20296
20297 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20298 Completion for GNU `make'.
20299
20300 \(fn)" nil nil)
20301
20302 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20303 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20304
20305 \(fn)" nil nil)
20306
20307 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20308
20309 ;;;***
20310 \f
20311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20312 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20314
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20316 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20317
20318 \(fn)" nil nil)
20319
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20321 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20322
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20326 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20327
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20329
20330 ;;;***
20331 \f
20332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20334
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20336 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20337
20338 \(fn)" nil nil)
20339
20340 ;;;***
20341 \f
20342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 0
20343 ;;;;;; 0))
20344 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20345
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20347 Completion for `cd'.
20348
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20350
20351 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20352
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20354 Completion for `rmdir'.
20355
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20359 Completion for `rm'.
20360
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20364 Completion for `xargs'.
20365
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367
20368 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20369
20370 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20371 Completion for `which'.
20372
20373 \(fn)" nil nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20376 Completion for the `chown' command.
20377
20378 \(fn)" nil nil)
20379
20380 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20381 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20382
20383 \(fn)" nil nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20386 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20387
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20389
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20391 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20392 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20393
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395
20396 ;;;***
20397 \f
20398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20400
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20402 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20403
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20407 Completion for the `ack' command.
20408 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20409 long options.
20410
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412
20413 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20414
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20416 Completion for the `ag' command.
20417
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20419
20420 ;;;***
20421 \f
20422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20424
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20426 Support extensible programmable completion.
20427 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20428 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20429
20430 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20433 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20434
20435 \(fn)" t nil)
20436
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20438 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20439 This will modify the current buffer.
20440
20441 \(fn)" t nil)
20442
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20444 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20445
20446 \(fn)" t nil)
20447
20448 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20449 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20450 This will modify the current buffer.
20451
20452 \(fn)" t nil)
20453
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20455 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20456
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20458
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20460 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20461
20462 \(fn)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20465 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20466 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20467 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20468 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20469
20470 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20471
20472 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20473 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20474
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476
20477 ;;;***
20478 \f
20479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20481
20482 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20483 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20484 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20485 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20486
20487 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20488
20489 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20490
20491 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20492 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20493 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20494 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20495 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20496 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20497 FLAGS is ignored.
20498
20499 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20500
20501 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20502 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20503 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20504 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20505 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20506 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20507 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20508 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20509
20510 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20513 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20514 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20515 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20516 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20517 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20518 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20519 passed to cvs.
20520
20521 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20522
20523 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20524 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20525 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20526 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20527 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20528 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20529 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20530
20531 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20532
20533 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20534 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20535 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20536
20537 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20538
20539 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20540 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20541 A value of nil means never do it.
20542 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20543 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20544 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20545
20546 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20547
20548 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20549 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20550 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20551
20552 ;;;***
20553 \f
20554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20555 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20557
20558 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20559 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20560
20561 ;;;***
20562 \f
20563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20564 ;;;;;; 23900 0 0))
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20566 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20567 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20568 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20569 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20570 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20571 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20572
20573 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20574 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20575 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20576 Tab indents for Perl code.
20577 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20578 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20580 \\{perl-mode-map}
20581 Variables controlling indentation style:
20582 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20583 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20585 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20586 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20587 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20588 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20589 `perl-nochange'
20590 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20591 `perl-indent-level'
20592 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20593 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20594 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20595 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20596 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20597 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20598 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20599 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20600 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20601 `perl-brace-offset'
20602 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20603 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20604 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20605 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20606 `perl-label-offset'
20607 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20608 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20609 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20610
20611 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20612 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20613 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20614 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20615 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20616 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20617 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20618
20619 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20620
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20622
20623 ;;;***
20624 \f
20625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 27241
20626 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
20627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20628
20629 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20630 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20631 \\<picture-mode-map>
20632 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20633 afterwards settable by these commands:
20634
20635 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20636 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20637 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20638 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20639
20640 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20641 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20642 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20643 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20644
20645 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20646 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20647 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20648 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20649
20650 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20651 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20652 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20653 with these commands:
20654
20655 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20656 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20657 Move to column following last
20658 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20659 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20660 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20661 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20662 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20663 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20664
20665 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20666
20667 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20668 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20669 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20670 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20671 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20672 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20673
20674 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20675 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20676 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20677 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20678 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20679 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20680 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20681
20682 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20683 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20684 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20685 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20686 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20687 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20688 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20689 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20690
20691 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20692 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20693 by supplying an argument.
20694
20695 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20696
20697 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20698 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20699
20700 \(fn)" t nil)
20701
20702 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20703
20704 ;;;***
20705 \f
20706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 0
20707 ;;;;;; 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20709
20710 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20711 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20712
20713 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20714
20715 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20716 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20717
20718 \(fn)" t nil)
20719
20720 ;;;***
20721 \f
20722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20724
20725 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20726 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20727 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20728
20729 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20730
20731 ;;;***
20732 \f
20733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20735
20736 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20737 Play pong and waste time.
20738 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20739 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20740
20741 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20742
20743 \\{pong-mode-map}
20744
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20746
20747 ;;;***
20748 \f
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20751
20752 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20753 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20754 Use streaming commands.
20755
20756 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20757
20758 ;;;***
20759 \f
20760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21427 59969 217865
20761 ;;;;;; 0))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20763
20764 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20765 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20766 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20767 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20768
20769 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20770
20771 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20772 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20773
20774 \(fn)" nil nil)
20775
20776 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20777 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20778 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20779 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20780 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20781
20782 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20785 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20786 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20787
20788 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20789
20790 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20791 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20792
20793 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20794
20795 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20796 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20797 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20798 Ignores leading comment characters.
20799
20800 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20801
20802 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20803 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20804 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20805 Ignores leading comment characters.
20806
20807 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20808
20809 ;;;***
20810 \f
20811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21359 23622 725850
20812 ;;;;;; 0))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20814 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20815
20816 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20817 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20818
20819 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20820
20821 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20822
20823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20824
20825 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20826 Preview directory using ghostview.
20827
20828 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20829 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20830 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20831 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20832
20833 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20834 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20835 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20836 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20837 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20838 file name.
20839
20840 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20841
20842 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20845 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20846
20847 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20848 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20849 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20850 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20851
20852 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20853 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20854 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20855 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20856 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20857 file name.
20858
20859 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20860
20861 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20864 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20865
20866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20867 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20868 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20869 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20870
20871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20872 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20873 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20874 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20875 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20876 file name.
20877
20878 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20879
20880 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20883 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20884
20885 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20886
20887 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20888 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20889 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20890 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20891
20892 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20893 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20894 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20895 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20896 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20897 file name.
20898
20899 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20900
20901 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20902
20903 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20904 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20905
20906 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20907 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20908 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20909
20910 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20911 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20912 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20913 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20914
20915 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20918 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20919
20920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20921 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20922 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20923
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20925 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20926 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20927 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20928
20929 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20930
20931 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20932 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20933
20934 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20935 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20936 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20937
20938 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20939 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20940 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20941 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20942
20943 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20946 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20947
20948 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20949
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20951 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20952 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20953
20954 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20955 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20956 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20957 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20958
20959 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20962 Preview region using ghostview.
20963
20964 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20965
20966 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20967
20968 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20969 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20970
20971 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20972
20973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20976 Print region using PostScript printer.
20977
20978 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20979
20980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20981
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20983 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20984
20985 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20986
20987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988
20989 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
20990 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20991
20992 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20993
20994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20995
20996 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20997 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20998
20999 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21000
21001 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21002
21003 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21004 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21005
21006 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21007
21008 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21011 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21012
21013 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21014
21015 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21016
21017 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21018 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21019 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21020 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21021
21022 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21023 matching.
21024
21025 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21026 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21027
21028 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21029
21030 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21033 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21034 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21035 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21036
21037 \(fn)" t nil)
21038
21039 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21040 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21041 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21042 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21043
21044 \(fn)" t nil)
21045
21046 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21047 Print directory using text printer.
21048
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21050 matching.
21051
21052 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21053 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21054
21055 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21056
21057 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using text printer.
21061
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21065 Print region using text printer.
21066
21067 \(fn)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21070 Print major mode using text printer.
21071
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21073
21074 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21075 Preview spooled PostScript.
21076
21077 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21078 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21079 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21080
21081 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21082 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21083 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21084
21085 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21088 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21089
21090 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21091 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21092 instead of sending it to the printer.
21093
21094 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21095 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21096 image in a file with that name.
21097
21098 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21101 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21102
21103 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21104 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21105 instead of sending it to the printer.
21106
21107 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21108 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21109 image in a file with that name.
21110
21111 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21112
21113 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21114 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21115
21116 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21117 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21118 instead of sending it to the printer.
21119
21120 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21121 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21122 image in a file with that name.
21123
21124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21125
21126 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21127 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21128
21129 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21130
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21132 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21133
21134 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21135
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21137 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21138
21139 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21140
21141 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21142 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21143
21144 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21145
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21147 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21148
21149 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21150
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21152 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21153
21154 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21155 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21156 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21157 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21158
21159 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21160 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21161 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21162 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21163 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21164 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21165 file name.
21166
21167 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21168
21169 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21170 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21171
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21175 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21176
21177 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21178 right.
21179 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21180 bottom.
21181
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21185 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21186
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21190 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21191
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21195 Toggle printing with faces.
21196
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21200 Toggle spooling.
21201
21202 \(fn)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21205 Toggle duplex.
21206
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21210 Toggle tumble.
21211
21212 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21213 right.
21214 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21215 bottom.
21216
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21220 Toggle landscape.
21221
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21225 Toggle upside-down.
21226
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21230 Toggle line number.
21231
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21235 Toggle zebra stripes.
21236
21237 \(fn)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21240 Toggle printing header.
21241
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21245 Toggle printing header frame.
21246
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21250 Toggle menu lock.
21251
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21255 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21260 Toggle auto mode.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21265 Customization of the `printing' group.
21266
21267 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21270 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21271
21272 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21275 Help for the printing package.
21276
21277 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21280 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21285 Interactively select a text printer.
21286
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21290 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21295 Show current ps-print settings.
21296
21297 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21300 Show current printing settings.
21301
21302 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21305 Show current lpr settings.
21306
21307 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21310 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21311
21312 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21313 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21314 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21315 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21316
21317
21318 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21319
21320 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21321 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21322 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21323
21324 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21325 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21326 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21327 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21328 current active printer.
21329
21330 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21331 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21332 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21333 printer.
21334
21335 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21336 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21337 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21338 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21339 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21340
21341
21342 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21343 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21344
21345 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21346
21347 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21348 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21349 be done using the new current active printer.
21350
21351 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21352 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21353 printer.
21354
21355 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21356 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21357 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21358 instead of sending it to the printer.
21359
21360 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21361 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21362 printer.
21363
21364 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21365
21366
21367 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21368 are both set to t.
21369
21370 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21373 Fast fire function for text printing.
21374
21375 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21376 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21377 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21378 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21379
21380 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21381 user for a new active text printer.
21382
21383 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21384
21385 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21386
21387 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21388 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21389 printer.
21390
21391 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21392
21393 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21394 are both set to t.
21395
21396 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21397
21398 ;;;***
21399 \f
21400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21402
21403 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21404 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21405 \\<proced-mode-map>
21406 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21407 the process information.
21408
21409 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21410
21411 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21412 Proced buffers.
21413
21414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21415
21416 ;;;***
21417 \f
21418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21419 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21420
21421 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21422 Start/restart profilers.
21423 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21424 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21425 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21426
21427 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21430 Open profile FILENAME.
21431
21432 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21435 Open profile FILENAME.
21436
21437 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21440 Open profile FILENAME.
21441
21442 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21443
21444 ;;;***
21445 \f
21446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21559 49204
21447 ;;;;;; 612992 0))
21448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21449
21450 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21451 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21452
21453 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21454 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21455
21456 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21457
21458 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21459 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21460
21461 Commands:
21462 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21463
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21467 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21468 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21469
21470 \(fn)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21473 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21474 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21475
21476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21477
21478 ;;;***
21479 \f
21480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21482
21483 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21484 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21485 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21486
21487 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21488
21489 ;;;***
21490 \f
21491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21492 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21494 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21495
21496 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21497 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21498
21499 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21500
21501 The following variables hold user options, and can
21502 be set through the `customize' command:
21503
21504 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21505 `ps-mode-tab'
21506 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21507 `ps-mode-print-function'
21508 `ps-run-prompt'
21509 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21510 `ps-run-x'
21511 `ps-run-dumb'
21512 `ps-run-init'
21513 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21514 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21515
21516 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21517
21518
21519 \\{ps-mode-map}
21520
21521
21522 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21523 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21524 The keymap for this second window is:
21525
21526 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21527
21528
21529 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21530 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21531 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21532 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21533 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21534
21535 \(fn)" t nil)
21536
21537 ;;;***
21538 \f
21539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21359 23622 725850
21540 ;;;;;; 0))
21541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21542 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21543
21544 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21545 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21546 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21547
21548 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21549
21550 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21551 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21552 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21553 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21554
21555 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21556
21557 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21558 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21559
21560 Valid values are:
21561
21562 nil Do not print colors.
21563
21564 t Print colors.
21565
21566 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21567 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21568
21569 Any other value is treated as t.")
21570
21571 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21572
21573 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21574 Customization of ps-print group.
21575
21576 \(fn)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21579 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21580
21581 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21582 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21583 sending it to the printer.
21584
21585 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21586 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21587 image in a file with that name.
21588
21589 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21592 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21593 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21594 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21595 so it has a way to determine color values.
21596
21597 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598
21599 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21600 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21601 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21602
21603 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21606 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21607 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21608 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21609 so it has a way to determine color values.
21610
21611 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21612
21613 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21614 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21615 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21616 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21617
21618 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21619
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21621
21622 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21623 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21624 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21625 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21626 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21627
21628 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21629
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21633 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21634 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21635
21636 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21637
21638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21639
21640 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21641 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21642 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21643 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21644 so it has a way to determine color values.
21645
21646 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21647
21648 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21649
21650 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21651 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21652
21653 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21654 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21655 instead of sending it to the printer.
21656
21657 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21658 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21659 image in a file with that name.
21660
21661 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21664 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21665 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21666 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21667 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21668
21669 \(fn)" t nil)
21670
21671 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21672 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21673 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21674
21675 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21676
21677 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21678 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21679 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21680
21681 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21682
21683 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21684 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21685
21686 \(fn)" nil nil)
21687
21688 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21689 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21690
21691 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21692 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21693
21694 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21695 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21696
21697 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21698
21699 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21700
21701 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21704 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21705
21706 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21707 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21708
21709 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21710 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21711
21712 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21713
21714 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21715
21716 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21717
21718 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21719 foreground and background colors respectively.
21720
21721 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21722 bold - use bold font.
21723 italic - use italic font.
21724 underline - put a line under text.
21725 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21726 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21727 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21728 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21729 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21730
21731 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21732
21733 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21734
21735 ;;;***
21736 \f
21737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21739 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21740
21741 ;;;***
21742 \f
21743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21574 16579
21744 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
21745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21746 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21747
21748 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21749
21750 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21751
21752 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21753 Run an inferior Python process.
21754 Input and output via buffer named after
21755 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21756 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21757
21758 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21759 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21760 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21761 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21762
21763 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21764 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21765 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21766
21767 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21770 Major mode for editing Python files.
21771
21772 \\{python-mode-map}
21773
21774 \(fn)" t nil)
21775
21776 ;;;***
21777 \f
21778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21780
21781 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21782 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21783 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21784 coding-system.
21785
21786 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21787 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21788
21789 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21790 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21791 them into characters should be done separately.
21792
21793 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21794
21795 ;;;***
21796 \f
21797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21798 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21799 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21800
21801 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21802 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21803
21804 \(fn)" nil nil)
21805
21806 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21807 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21808 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21809
21810 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21811 `quail-activate', which see.
21812
21813 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21814
21815 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21816 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21817 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21818 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21819 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21820 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21821 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21822
21823 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21824 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21825 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21826 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21827 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21828 shown.
21829 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21830
21831 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21832 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21833 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21834 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21835 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21836 list of candidates.
21837
21838 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21839 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21840 command to be called.
21841
21842 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21843 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21844 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21845 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21846
21847 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21848 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21849 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21850 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21851 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21852 to t.
21853
21854 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21855 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21856 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21857 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21858
21859 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21860 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21861 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21862 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21863 defines no translations for single character keys.
21864
21865 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21866 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21867 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21868 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21869 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21870 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21871
21872 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21873 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21874 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21875 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21876 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21877 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21878
21879 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21880 covers Quail translation region.
21881
21882 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21883 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21884 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21885 for it) is inserted.
21886
21887 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21888 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21889 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21890
21891 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21892 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21893 non-Quail commands.
21894
21895 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21896
21897 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21898 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21899
21900 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21901 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21902 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21903 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21904 you type is correctly handled.
21905
21906 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21907
21908 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21909 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21910
21911 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21912 keyboard type.
21913
21914 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21917 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21918 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21919 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21920 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21921 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21922 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21923 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21924 for the translation.
21925 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21926
21927 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21928 it is used to handle KEY.
21929
21930 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21931 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21932 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21933 the following annotation types are supported.
21934
21935 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21936 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21937
21938 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21939 candidate list.
21940
21941 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21942 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21943 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21944 inserted.
21945
21946 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21947 generated for the following translations.
21948
21949 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21950
21951 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21952 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21953
21954 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21955 which to install MAP.
21956
21957 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21958
21959 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21960
21961 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21962 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21963
21964 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21965 which to install MAP.
21966
21967 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21968
21969 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21970
21971 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21972 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21973 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21974 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21975 a function, or a cons.
21976 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21977 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21978 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21979 for the translation.
21980 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21981 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21982 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21983 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21984 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21985
21986 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21987 it is used to handle KEY.
21988
21989 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21990 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21991 current Quail package.
21992
21993 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21994 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21995
21996 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
21999 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22000
22001 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22002 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22003
22004 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22005
22006 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22007 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22008
22009 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22010
22011 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22012 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22013 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22014 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22015 of the Emacs source tree.
22016
22017 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22018 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22019
22020 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22021 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22022 of each directory.
22023
22024 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22025
22026 ;;;***
22027 \f
22028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22029 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22030 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22031
22032 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22033 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22034 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22035 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22036
22037 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22038
22039 ;;;***
22040 \f
22041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22042 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22043 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22044
22045 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22046 Activate UCS input method.
22047 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22048
22049 While this input method is active, the variable
22050 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22051
22052 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22053
22054 ;;;***
22055 \f
22056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 0
22057 ;;;;;; 0))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22059
22060 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22061 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22062 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22063 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22064
22065 To make use of this do something like:
22066
22067 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22068
22069 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22070
22071 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22072 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22073
22074 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22075 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22076 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22077
22078 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22079
22080 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22081 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22082
22083 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22084
22085 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22086 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22087
22088 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22089 is decided.
22090
22091 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22092
22093 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22094 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22095
22096 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22097 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22098 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22099
22100 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22101
22102 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22103 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22104
22105 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22106
22107 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22108 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22109
22110 \(fn)" t nil)
22111
22112 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22113 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22114
22115 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22116
22117 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22118
22119 \(fn)" t nil)
22120
22121 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22122 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22123
22124 \(fn)" t nil)
22125
22126 ;;;***
22127 \f
22128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22130
22131 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22132 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22133
22134 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22135
22136 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22137
22138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22139
22140 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22141
22142 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22143
22144
22145 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22146
22147 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22148 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22149 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22152 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22153
22154 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22155
22156 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22157 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22159 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22160 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22161
22162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22163
22164 ;;;***
22165 \f
22166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22167 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22169
22170 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22171
22172 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22173 Construct a regexp interactively.
22174 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22175 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22176 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22177
22178 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22179 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22180
22181 \(fn)" t nil)
22182
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22187
22188 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22189 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22190 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22193 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22194
22195 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22196
22197 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22198 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22201 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22202
22203 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22204 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22205 were operated on recently.
22206
22207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22208
22209 ;;;***
22210 \f
22211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22213
22214 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22215 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22216 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22217 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22218 ends.
22219
22220 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22221 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22222 to be deleted.
22223
22224 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22225
22226 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22227 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22228 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22229
22230 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22231 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22232 deleted.
22233
22234 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22237 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22238 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22239
22240 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22241
22242 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22243 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22244
22245 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22246 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22247
22248 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22249 deleted.
22250
22251 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22252 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22253 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22254 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22255 even beep.)
22256
22257 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22258
22259 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22260 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22261
22262 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22265 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22266
22267 \(fn)" t nil)
22268
22269 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22270 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22271 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22272 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22273 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22274 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22275 and point is at the lower right corner.
22276
22277 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22278
22279 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22280 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22281
22282 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22283 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22284
22285 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22286 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22287 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22288
22289 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22290
22291 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22292
22293 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22294 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22295 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22296 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22297 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22298
22299 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22300 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22301
22302 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22305 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22306 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22307
22308 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22309
22310 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22311
22312 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22313
22314 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22315 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22316
22317 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22318 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22319 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22320
22321 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22322
22323 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22324 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22325 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22326
22327 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22328 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22329 rectangle which were empty.
22330
22331 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22332
22333 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22334 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22335
22336 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22337 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22338 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22339 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22340
22341 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22342
22343 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22344 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22345 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22346
22347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22348
22349 ;;;***
22350 \f
22351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22354
22355 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22356 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22360
22361 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22362 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22363 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22364 auto-filling.
22365
22366 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22367
22368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22369
22370 ;;;***
22371 \f
22372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22373 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22375
22376 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22377 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22378
22379 \(fn)" nil nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22382 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22383
22384 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22385 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22386
22387 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22388 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22389 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22390 \\ref macro.
22391
22392 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22393 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22394 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22395
22396 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22397 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22398 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22399
22400 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22401 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22402
22403 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22404 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22405
22406 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22407 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22408 on the menu bar.
22409
22410 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22411
22412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22413
22414 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22415 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22416 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22417
22418 \(fn)" nil nil)
22419
22420 ;;;***
22421 \f
22422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22423 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22425
22426 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22427 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22428 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22429 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22430 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22431 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22432
22433 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22434
22435 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22436
22437 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22438 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22439 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22440 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22441 `reftex-cite-format'.
22442
22443 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22444 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22445 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22446 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22447
22448 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22449
22450 ;;;***
22451 \f
22452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22453 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22455
22456 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22457 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22458 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22459 the current TeX document.
22460
22461 With no argument, this command toggles
22462 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22463 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22464
22465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22466
22467 ;;;***
22468 \f
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22470 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22472
22473 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22474 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22475 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22476
22477 To insert new phrases, use
22478 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22479 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22480
22481 To index phrases use one of:
22482
22483 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22484 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22485 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22486 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22487 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22488
22489 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22490 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22491
22492 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22493
22494 Here are all local bindings.
22495
22496 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22497
22498 \(fn)" t nil)
22499
22500 ;;;***
22501 \f
22502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22503 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22505
22506 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22507 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22508 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22509 of master file.
22510
22511 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22512
22513 ;;;***
22514 \f
22515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22516 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22518 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22519 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22520 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22521 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22522
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22526 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22528
22529 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22530 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22531 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22532 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22533 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22534 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22535
22536 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22537 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22538
22539 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22540 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22541 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22542 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22543
22544 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22547 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22548 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22549 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22550
22551 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22552
22553 ;;;***
22554 \f
22555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 0
22556 ;;;;;; 0))
22557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22558 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22559
22560 ;;;***
22561 \f
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22563 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22565 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22566
22567 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22568 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22569 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22570 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22571
22572 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22573
22574 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22575
22576 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22577 Call `remember' in another frame.
22578
22579 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22580
22581 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22582 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22583 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22584
22585 \(fn)" t nil)
22586
22587 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22588 Extract diary entries from the region.
22589
22590 \(fn)" nil nil)
22591
22592 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22593 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22594 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22595 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22596
22597 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22598
22599 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22600 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22601 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22602 minor mode.
22603
22604 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22605
22606 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22607 Return the buffer.
22608
22609 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22610 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22611 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22612
22613 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22614
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22619 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22620
22621 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22622 Repeat most recently executed command.
22623 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22624 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22625 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22626
22627 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22628 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22629 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22630 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22631
22632 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22633 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22634 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22635
22636 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22637
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22641 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22643
22644 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22645 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22646
22647 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22648 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22649 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22650 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22651 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22652 and point is left after the salutation.
22653
22654 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22655 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22656 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22657 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22658 left after that text.
22659
22660 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22661 is non-nil.
22662
22663 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22664 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22665 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22666 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22667
22668 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22669
22670 ;;;***
22671 \f
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 0
22673 ;;;;;; 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22675
22676 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22677 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22678 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22679 visibility of comments that precede it.
22680 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22681 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22682 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22683 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22684 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22685 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22686 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22687 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22688 the comment lines.
22689 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22690 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22691 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22692 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22693 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22694
22695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22696
22697 ;;;***
22698 \f
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22700 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22701
22702 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22703 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22706 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22707
22708 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22709 reveals invisible text around point.
22710
22711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22712
22713 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22714 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22715 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22718 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22719
22720 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22721
22722 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22723 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22724 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22725
22726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22727 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22728 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22729
22730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 0
22735 ;;;;;; 0))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22737
22738 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22739 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22740
22741 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22742
22743 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22744 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22745
22746 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22747
22748 ;;;***
22749 \f
22750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22754 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22755 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22756 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22757
22758 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22759
22760 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22761 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22762 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22763 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22764
22765 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22766 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22767
22768 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22769 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22770
22771 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22772 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22773 INPUT-ARGS.
22774
22775 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22776 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22777 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22778 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22779 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22780
22781 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22782 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22783 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22784 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22785
22786 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22787 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22788 variable.
22789
22790 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22791
22792 ;;;***
22793 \f
22794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 0 0))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22796
22797 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22798 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22799
22800 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22801
22802 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22803
22804 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22805 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22806 Its name should end with a slash.")
22807
22808 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22809 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22810
22811 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22812 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22813 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22814
22815 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22816
22817 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22818 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22819 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22820 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22821 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22822 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22823 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22824
22825 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22826 sent by you under different user names.
22827 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22828
22829 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22830
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22832
22833 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22834
22835 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22836 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22837 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22838 explicitly.")
22839
22840 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22841
22842 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22843 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22844 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22845 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22846 which normally happens once for each message,
22847 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22848 To make a change in this variable take effect
22849 for a message that you have already viewed,
22850 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22851
22852 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22853
22854 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22855 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22856 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22857 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22858
22859 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22860
22861 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22862 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22863
22864 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22865
22866 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22867 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22868 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22869
22870 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22871
22872 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22873 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22874 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22875 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22876 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22877 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22878
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22880
22881 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22882 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22883
22884 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22885
22886 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22887 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22890
22891 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22892 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22893
22894 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22895 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22898
22899 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22900 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22901
22902 This is set to nil by default.")
22903
22904 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22905 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22906 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22907 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22908 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22909 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22910 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22911
22912 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22913 Read and edit incoming mail.
22914 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22915 file in RMAIL Mode.
22916 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22917
22918 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22919 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22920 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22921 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22922
22923 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22924
22925 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22926
22927 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22928 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22929 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22930 Instead, these commands are available:
22931
22932 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22933 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22934 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22935 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22936 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22937 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22938 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22939 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22940 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22941 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22942 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22943 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22944 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22945 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22946 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22947 till a deleted message is found.
22948 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22949 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22950 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22951 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22952 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22953 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22954 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22955 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22956 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22957 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22958 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22959 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22960 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22961 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22962 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22963 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22964 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22965 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22966 (label defaults to last one specified).
22967 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22968 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22969 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22970 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22971 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22972 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22973 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22974 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22975 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22976
22977 \(fn)" t nil)
22978
22979 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22980 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22981
22982 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22983
22984 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22985 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22986
22987 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22988
22989 ;;;***
22990 \f
22991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
22992 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22994 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22995
22996 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22997 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22998 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22999 case it writes Babyl.
23000
23001 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23002 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23003 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23004 `rmail-default-file'.
23005
23006 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23007 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23008 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23009
23010 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23011 the header display is currently pruned.
23012
23013 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23014 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23015 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23016 messages after output.
23017
23018 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23019 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23020 message (if writing a file directly).
23021
23022 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23023 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23024
23025 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23026
23027 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23028 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23029 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23030 i) the header is output as currently seen
23031 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23032 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23033
23034 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23035 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23036 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23037
23038 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23039
23040 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23041 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23042 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23043 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23044 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23045 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23046 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23047
23048 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23049 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23050 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23051
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23053
23054 ;;;***
23055 \f
23056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23057 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23058 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23059
23060 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23061 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23062 Return a pattern.
23063
23064 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23065
23066 ;;;***
23067 \f
23068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23069 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23070 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23071
23072 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23073 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23074 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23075 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23076
23077 \(fn)" t nil)
23078
23079 ;;;***
23080 \f
23081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23082 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23083 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23084
23085 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23086 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23087
23088 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23089 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23090 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23091 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23092 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23093 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23094 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23095 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23096 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23097 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23098
23099 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23100 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23101 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23102 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23103 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23104 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23105 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23106 to use for finding the schema.
23107
23108 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23109
23110 ;;;***
23111 \f
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 0
23113 ;;;;;; 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23115
23116 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23117
23118 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23119 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23120 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23121 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23122 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23123 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23124 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23125 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23126 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23127 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23128 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23129 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23130 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23131 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23132 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23133 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23134 must be equal.
23135
23136 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23137
23138 ;;;***
23139 \f
23140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23141 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23143
23144 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23145 Define a robin package.
23146
23147 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23148 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23149 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23150 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23151
23152 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23153 one replaces the old one.
23154
23155 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23156
23157 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23158 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23159
23160 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23161 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23162 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23163
23164 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23165
23166 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23167 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23168
23169 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23170
23171 ;;;***
23172 \f
23173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23175
23176 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23177 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23178
23179 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23180
23181 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23182 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23183
23184 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23185
23186 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23187 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23188
23189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23192 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23193 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23194
23195 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23196 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23197 in ROT13.
23198
23199 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23200
23201 \(fn)" t nil)
23202
23203 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23204 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23205
23206 \(fn)" t nil)
23207
23208 ;;;***
23209 \f
23210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 0 0))
23211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23213
23214 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23215 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23216 \\<rst-mode-map>
23217
23218 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23219 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23220 highlighting.
23221
23222 \\{rst-mode-map}
23223
23224 \(fn)" t nil)
23225
23226 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23227 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23231
23232 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23233 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23234 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23235
23236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23237
23238 ;;;***
23239 \f
23240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21433
23241 ;;;;;; 12343 302925 0))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23243 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23244
23245 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23246 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23247
23248 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23249
23250 \(fn)" t nil)
23251
23252 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23253
23254 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23255
23256 ;;;***
23257 \f
23258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 27241 500420
23259 ;;;;;; 0))
23260 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23261 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23262
23263 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23264 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23265 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23266
23267 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23268 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23270 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23271 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23272
23273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23274
23275 ;;;***
23276 \f
23277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23279
23280 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23281 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23282 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23283 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23284
23285 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23286
23287 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23288 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23289 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23290
23291 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23292 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23293 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23294
23295 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23296 notation.
23297
23298 STRING
23299 matches string STRING literally.
23300
23301 CHAR
23302 matches character CHAR literally.
23303
23304 `not-newline', `nonl'
23305 matches any character except a newline.
23306
23307 `anything'
23308 matches any character
23309
23310 `(any SET ...)'
23311 `(in SET ...)'
23312 `(char SET ...)'
23313 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23314 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23315 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23316
23317 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23318 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23319 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23320 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23321
23322 `(not (any SET ...))'
23323 matches any character not in SET ...
23324
23325 `line-start', `bol'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23327 in the text being matched
23328
23329 `line-end', `eol'
23330 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23331
23332 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23333 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23334 string being matched against.
23335
23336 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23337 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23338 string being matched against.
23339
23340 `buffer-start'
23341 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23342 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23343
23344 `buffer-end'
23345 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23346 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23347
23348 `point'
23349 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23350
23351 `word-start', `bow'
23352 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23353
23354 `word-end', `eow'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23356
23357 `word-boundary'
23358 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23359 word.
23360
23361 `(not word-boundary)'
23362 `not-word-boundary'
23363 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23364 word.
23365
23366 `symbol-start'
23367 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23368
23369 `symbol-end'
23370 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23371
23372 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23373 matches 0 through 9.
23374
23375 `control', `cntrl'
23376 matches ASCII control characters.
23377
23378 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23379 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23380
23381 `blank'
23382 matches space and tab only.
23383
23384 `graphic', `graph'
23385 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23386 space, and DEL.
23387
23388 `printing', `print'
23389 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23390 and DEL.
23391
23392 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23393 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23394 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23395
23396 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23397 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23398 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23399
23400 `ascii'
23401 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23402
23403 `nonascii'
23404 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23405
23406 `lower', `lower-case'
23407 matches anything lower-case.
23408
23409 `upper', `upper-case'
23410 matches anything upper-case.
23411
23412 `punctuation', `punct'
23413 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23414 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23415
23416 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23417 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23418
23419 `word', `wordchar'
23420 matches anything that has word syntax.
23421
23422 `not-wordchar'
23423 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23424
23425 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23426 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23427 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23428 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23429
23430 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23431 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23432 `word' (\\sw)
23433 `symbol' (\\s_)
23434 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23435 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23436 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23437 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23438 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23439 `escape' (\\s\\)
23440 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23441 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23442 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23443 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23444 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23445
23446 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23447 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23448
23449 `(category CATEGORY)'
23450 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23451 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23452
23453 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23454 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23455 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23456 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23457 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23458 `symbol' (\\c5)
23459 `digit' (\\c6)
23460 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23461 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23462 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23463 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23464 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23465 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23466 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23467 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23468 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23469 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23470 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23471 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23472 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23473 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23474 `ascii' (\\ca)
23475 `arabic' (\\cb)
23476 `chinese' (\\cc)
23477 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23478 `greek' (\\cg)
23479 `korean' (\\ch)
23480 `indian' (\\ci)
23481 `japanese' (\\cj)
23482 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23483 `latin' (\\cl)
23484 `lao' (\\co)
23485 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23486 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23487 `thai' (\\ct)
23488 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23489 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23490 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23491 `can-break' (\\c|)
23492
23493 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23494 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23495
23496 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23497 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23498 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23499 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23501
23502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23503 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23504 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23505 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23506
23507 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23508 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23509 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23510 group number N.
23511
23512 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23513 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23514 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23515 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23516 regular expression.
23517
23518 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23519 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23520 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23521 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23522 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23523
23524 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23525 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23526
23527 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23528 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23529
23530 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23531 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23532 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23533
23534 `(* SEXP ...)'
23535 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23536 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23537
23538 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23539 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23540 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23541
23542 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23543 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23544 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23545
23546 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23547 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23548
23549 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23550 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23551
23552 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23553 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23554 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23555 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23556
23557 `(? SEXP ...)'
23558 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23559
23560 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23561 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23562
23563 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23564 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23565 matches N occurrences.
23566
23567 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23568 matches N or more occurrences.
23569
23570 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23571 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23572 matches N to M occurrences.
23573
23574 `(backref N)'
23575 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23576
23577 `(eval FORM)'
23578 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23579 `regexp-quote' it.
23580
23581 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23582 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23583
23584 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23585
23586 ;;;***
23587 \f
23588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23589 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23591 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23592
23593 ;;;***
23594 \f
23595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23596 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23597 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23598
23599 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23600 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23601 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23604 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23605
23606 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23607
23608 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23609 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23613
23614 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23615 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23616 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23617 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23618
23619 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23620 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23621 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23622
23623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23624
23625 ;;;***
23626 \f
23627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 35662
23628 ;;;;;; 356409 0))
23629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23630
23631 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23632 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23633 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23634
23635 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23636 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23637 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23638 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23639 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23640 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23641 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23642 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23643
23644 Commands:
23645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23646 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23647 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23648
23649 \(fn)" t nil)
23650
23651 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23652 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23653 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23654
23655 Commands:
23656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23657 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23658 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23659 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23660 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23661 that variable's value is a string.
23662
23663 \(fn)" t nil)
23664
23665 ;;;***
23666 \f
23667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23668 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23670
23671 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23672 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23673 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23674
23675 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23676
23677 \(fn)" t nil)
23678
23679 ;;;***
23680 \f
23681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 0
23682 ;;;;;; 0))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23684
23685 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23686 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23687 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23689 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23690 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23691
23692 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23693
23694 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23695 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23699
23700 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23701 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23702
23703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23704
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23708 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23710
23711 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23712 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23714 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23715 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23716 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23717 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23718 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23719
23720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23721
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23726 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23727 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23728
23729 ;;;***
23730 \f
23731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23734 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23735
23736 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23737 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23738 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23739
23740 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23741 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23742 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23743 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23744 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23745 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23746 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23747 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23748 keybinding for tag names.
23749 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23750 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23751 of the symbol under point.
23752 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23753 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23754 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23755 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23756 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23757 syntax tokens.
23758 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23759
23760 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23761
23762 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23763 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23764 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23767 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23768
23769 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23770
23771 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23772 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23774 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23775 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23776
23777 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23778 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23779 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23780 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23781 Semantic mode.
23782
23783 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23784
23785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23786
23787 ;;;***
23788 \f
23789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23790 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23792
23793 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23794 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23795
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23797
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23803
23804 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23805 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23806
23807 \(fn)" t nil)
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23812 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23814
23815 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23816 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23817
23818 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23819 king@grassland.com
23820 If `parens', they look like:
23821 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23822 If `angles', they look like:
23823 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23824
23825 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23826 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23827
23828 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23829
23830 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23831 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23832 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23833 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23834
23835 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23836 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23837 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23838 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23839
23840 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23841
23842 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23843 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23844 This is done when the message is initialized,
23845 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23846
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23848
23849 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23850 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23851 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23852
23853 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23854
23855 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23856 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23857 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23858 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23859 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23860 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23861 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23864
23865 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23866 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23867
23868 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23869
23870 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23871 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23872 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23873 be a Babyl file.")
23874
23875 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23876
23877 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23878 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23879 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23880 when you first send mail.")
23881
23882 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23883
23884 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23885 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23886 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23887 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23888 This file need not actually exist.")
23889
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23891
23892 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23893 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23894
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23896
23897 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23898 Alist of mail address aliases,
23899 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23900 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23901 can specify a different file name.)
23902 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23903 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23904
23905 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23906 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23907 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23908
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23910
23911 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23912 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23913 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23914
23915 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23916
23917 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23918 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23919 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23920 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23921 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23922 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23923 in the cited portion of the message.
23924
23925 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23926 instead of no action.")
23927
23928 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23929
23930 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23931 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23932 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23933 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23934 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23935
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23937
23938 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23939 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23940 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23941 If a string, that string is inserted.
23942 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23943 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23944 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23945 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23946
23947 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23948
23949 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23950 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23951
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23953
23954 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23955 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23956 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23957
23958 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23959 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23960
23961 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23962
23963 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23964 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23965 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23966 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23967
23968 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23969
23970 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23971 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23972 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23973
23974 \(fn)" nil nil)
23975
23976 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23977
23978 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23979
23980
23981 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23982
23983 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23984 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23985 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23986
23987 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23988 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23989
23990 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23991 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23992 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23993 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23994 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23995 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23996 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23997 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23998 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23999 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24000 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24001 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24002 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24003 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24004
24005 \(fn)" t nil)
24006
24007 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24008 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24009 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24010 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24011
24012 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24013
24014 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24015 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24016 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24017 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24018 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24019 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24020
24021 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24022 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24023 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24024
24025 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24026 User should not set this variable manually,
24027 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24028 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24029 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24030
24031 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24032 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24033 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24034 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24035
24036 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24037 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24038
24039 \\<mail-mode-map>
24040 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24041
24042 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24043 to move to message header fields:
24044 \\{mail-mode-map}
24045
24046 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24047 when the message is initialized.
24048
24049 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24050 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24051
24052 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24053 is inserted.
24054
24055 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24056 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24057
24058 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24059 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24060 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24061 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24062 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24063 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24064 buffer without erasing the contents.
24065
24066 The second through fifth arguments,
24067 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24068 the initial contents of those header fields.
24069 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24070 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24071 original message being replied to, or else an action
24072 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24073 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24074 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24075 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24076 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24077 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24078
24079 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24080
24081 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24082 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24083
24084 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24085
24086 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24087 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24088
24089 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24090
24091 ;;;***
24092 \f
24093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24094 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24095
24096 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24097
24098 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24099
24100 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24101
24102 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24103 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24104 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24105 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24106 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24107 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24108
24109 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24110 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24111
24112 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24113 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24114 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24115
24116 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24117 \\[server-start].
24118
24119 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24120
24121 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24122 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24123 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24124 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24125
24126 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24127
24128 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24129 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24130 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24133 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24134
24135 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24136
24137 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24138 Toggle Server mode.
24139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24141 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24142
24143 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24144 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24145 `server-start' for details.
24146
24147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24148
24149 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24150 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24151 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24152
24153 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24154 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24155
24156 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24157
24158 ;;;***
24159 \f
24160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24162
24163 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24164 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24165
24166 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24167 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24168 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24169 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24170 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24171
24172 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24173 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24174 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24175 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24176 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24177 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24178
24179 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24180 displayed.
24181
24182 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24183 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24184 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24185
24186 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24187 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24188
24189 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24190 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24191
24192 \\{ses-mode-map}
24193 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24194 part):
24195 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24196 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24197 formula:
24198 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24199
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24201
24202 ;;;***
24203 \f
24204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24205 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24207
24208 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24209 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24210 Makes > match <.
24211 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24212 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24213
24214 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24215 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24216 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24217
24218 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24219 in your init file.
24220
24221 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24222
24223 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24224 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24225 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24226
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24228
24229 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24230 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24231 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24232 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24233 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24234 which this is based.
24235
24236 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24237
24238 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24239 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24240 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24241 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24242
24243 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24244 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24245 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24246
24247 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24248 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24249 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24250 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24251
24252 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24253 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24254 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24255 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24256
24257 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24258
24259 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24260 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24261 To work around that, do:
24262 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24263
24264 \\{html-mode-map}
24265
24266 \(fn)" t nil)
24267
24268 ;;;***
24269 \f
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21437
24271 ;;;;;; 9401 747944 0))
24272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24273 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24274 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24275
24276 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24277 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24278 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24279 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24280 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24281 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24282
24283 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24284 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24285 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24286 shell-specific features.
24287
24288 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24289 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24290 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24291 \\<sh-mode-map>
24292 \\[sh-case] case statement
24293 \\[sh-for] for loop
24294 \\[sh-function] function definition
24295 \\[sh-if] if statement
24296 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24297 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24298 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24299 \\[sh-select] select loop
24300 \\[sh-until] until loop
24301 \\[sh-while] while loop
24302
24303 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24304 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24305 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24306 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24307 would indent to the way it currently is.
24308 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24309 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24310
24311
24312 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24313 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24314 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24315 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24316 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24317 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24318
24319 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24320 unquoted < insert a here document.
24321
24322 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24323 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24324 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24325
24326 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24327 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24328
24329 \(fn)" t nil)
24330
24331 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24332
24333 ;;;***
24334 \f
24335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24336 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24338
24339 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24340 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24341
24342 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24343 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24344 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24345
24346 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24347 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24348 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24349 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24350 the earlier.
24351
24352 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24353
24354 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24355
24356 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24357 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24358 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24359
24360 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24361 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24362
24363 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24364 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24365 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24366 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24367 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24368 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24369 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24370 Emacs version).
24371
24372 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24373 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24374 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24375 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24376 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24377
24378 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24379 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24380
24381 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24382
24383 ;;;***
24384 \f
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 0
24386 ;;;;;; 0))
24387 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24388
24389 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24390 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24391 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24392 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24393 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24394 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24395 sites in the cluster.
24396
24397 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24398
24399 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24400 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24401 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24402 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24403 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24404
24405 \(fn)" t nil)
24406
24407 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24408 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24409 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24410 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24411 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24412 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24413 `shadow-define-cluster').
24414
24415 \(fn)" t nil)
24416
24417 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24418 Set up file shadowing.
24419
24420 \(fn)" t nil)
24421
24422 ;;;***
24423 \f
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 0 0))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24426
24427 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24428 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24429 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24430 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24431 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24432 arguments.")
24433
24434 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24435
24436 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24437 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24438 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24439 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24440 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24441
24442 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24443 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24444 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24445 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24446 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24447 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24448 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24449 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24450 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24451 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24452 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24453
24454 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24455 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24456 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24457 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24458 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24459 `default-process-coding-system'.
24460
24461 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24462 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24463 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24464 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24465
24466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24467
24468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24469
24470 ;;;***
24471 \f
24472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21501 48695 777628 0))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24474
24475 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24476 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24477
24478 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24479
24480 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24481 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24482 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24483 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24484
24485 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24486
24487 ;;;***
24488 \f
24489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24491
24492 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24493
24494
24495 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24496
24497 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24498
24499
24500 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24501
24502 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24503
24504
24505 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24506
24507 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24508
24509
24510 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24511
24512 ;;;***
24513 \f
24514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24515 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24517
24518 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24519 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24520 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24521 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24522 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24523
24524 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24525
24526 \(fn)" t nil)
24527
24528 ;;;***
24529 \f
24530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24531 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24533
24534 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24535 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24536 \\{simula-mode-map}
24537 Variables controlling indentation style:
24538 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24539 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24540 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24541 `simula-indent-level'
24542 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24543 `simula-substatement-offset'
24544 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24545 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24546 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24547 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24548 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24549 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24550 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24551 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24552 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24553 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24554 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24555 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24556 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24557 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24558 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24559 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24560 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24561 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24562 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24563 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24564 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24565 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24566 or nil if they should not be changed.
24567 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24568 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24569 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24570 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24571
24572 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24573 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24574
24575 \(fn)" t nil)
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21574 16579 173517
24580 ;;;;;; 0))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24582
24583 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24584 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24585
24586 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24587 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24588 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24589 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24590
24591 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24592
24593 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24594
24595 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24596 Insert SKELETON.
24597 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24598 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24599 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24600 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24601 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24602
24603 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24604 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24605
24606 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24607
24608 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24609 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24610
24611 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24612 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24613 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24614 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24615
24616 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24617 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24618 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24619 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24620
24621 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24622 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24623 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24624
24625 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24626 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24627
24628 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24629 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24630
24631 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24632 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24633 is at bol/eol
24634 _ interesting point, interregion here
24635 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24636 interesting point set by _
24637 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24638 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24639 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24640 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24641 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24642 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24643 nil skipped
24644
24645 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24646 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24647
24648 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24649 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24650 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24651 as the first element when at bol.
24652
24653 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24654 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24655 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24656 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24657 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24658 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24659 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24660 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24661
24662 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24663 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24664 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24665 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24666 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24667 available:
24668
24669 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24670 then: insert previously read string once more
24671 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24672 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24673 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24674
24675 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24676 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24677
24678 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24679
24680 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24681 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24682
24683 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24684 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24685 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24686 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24687 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24688 such as backslash.
24689
24690 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24691 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24692 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24693
24694 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24695
24696 ;;;***
24697 \f
24698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21574 16579
24699 ;;;;;; 173517 0))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24701
24702 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24703 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24704 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24705 buffer names.
24706
24707 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24708
24709 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24710 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24712 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24713 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24714 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24715
24716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24717
24718 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24719 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24720 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24721
24722 \(fn)" t nil)
24723
24724 ;;;***
24725 \f
24726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24728
24729 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24730 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24731 A list of images is returned.
24732
24733 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24734
24735 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24736 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24737 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24738
24739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24740
24741 ;;;***
24742 \f
24743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24744 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24746
24747 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24748
24749
24750 \(fn)" nil nil)
24751
24752 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24753 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24754
24755 \(fn)" t nil)
24756
24757 ;;;***
24758 \f
24759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24761
24762 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24763 Play the Snake game.
24764 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24765
24766 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24767
24768 Snake mode keybindings:
24769 \\<snake-mode-map>
24770 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24771 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24772 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24773 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24774 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24775 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24776 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24777
24778 \(fn)" t nil)
24779
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24783 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24785
24786 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24787 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24788 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24789 Tab indents for C code.
24790 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24791 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24792 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24793 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24794 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24795
24796 \(fn)" t nil)
24797
24798 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24799 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24801 Tab indents for C code.
24802 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24804 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24805 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24806 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24807
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24809
24810 ;;;***
24811 \f
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 0
24813 ;;;;;; 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24815
24816 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24817 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24818 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24819 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24820 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24821
24822 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24823
24824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24825
24826 ;;;***
24827 \f
24828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24831
24832 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24833 Play Solitaire.
24834
24835 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24836 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24837 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24838 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24839 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24840 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24841 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24842 check after each move or undo.)
24843
24844 What is Solitaire?
24845
24846 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24847 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24848 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24849
24850 Le Solitaire
24851 ============
24852
24853 o o o
24854
24855 o o o
24856
24857 o o o o o o o
24858
24859 o o o . o o o
24860
24861 o o o o o o o
24862
24863 o o o
24864
24865 o o o
24866
24867 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24868 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24869 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24870 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24871
24872 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24873 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24874 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24875 this: o o .
24876
24877 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24878 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24879
24880 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24881
24882 o o o
24883
24884 . o o
24885
24886 o o . o o o o
24887
24888 o . o o o o o
24889
24890 o o o o o o o
24891
24892 o o o
24893
24894 o o o
24895
24896 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24897
24898 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24899
24900 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24901
24902 ;;;***
24903 \f
24904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24906 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24907
24908 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24909 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24910
24911 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24912 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24913 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24914 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24915 contiguous.
24916
24917 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24918 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24919 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24920 the sort order.
24921
24922 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24923 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24924
24925 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24926 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24927 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24928 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24929 is called.
24930
24931 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24932 It should move point to the end of the record.
24933
24934 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24935 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24936 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24937 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24938 starts at the beginning of the record.
24939
24940 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24941 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24942 same as ENDRECFUN.
24943
24944 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24945 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24946 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24947 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24948 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24949 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24950 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24951
24952 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24953
24954 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24955 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24956 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24957 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24958 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24959 the sort order.
24960
24961 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24964 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24965 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24966 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24967 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24968 the sort order.
24969
24970 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24971
24972 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24973 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24974 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24975 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24976 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24977 the sort order.
24978
24979 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24980 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24981
24982 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24983 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24984 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24985 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24986 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24987 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24988 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24989 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24990 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24991
24992 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24993
24994 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24995 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24996 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24997 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24998 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24999 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25000 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25001 the sort order.
25002
25003 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25004
25005 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25006 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25007 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25008 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25009
25010 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25011 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25012
25013 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25014 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25015 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25016 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25017 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25018 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25019 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25020 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25021
25022 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25023
25024 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25025 the sort order.
25026
25027 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25028 starting with the letter \"f\",
25029 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25030
25031 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25032
25033 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25034 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25035 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25036 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25037 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25038 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25040 the sort order.
25041
25042 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25043 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25044 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25045 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25046 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25047
25048 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25049
25050 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25051 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25052 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25053
25054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25055
25056 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25057 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25058 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25059 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25060 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25061 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25062 each repeated line.
25063
25064 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25065 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25066 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25067 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25068
25069 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25070 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25071
25072 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25073 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25074
25075 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25076
25077 ;;;***
25078 \f
25079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25081
25082 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25083 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25084 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25085 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25086 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25087 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25088
25089 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25090
25091 ;;;***
25092 \f
25093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25094 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25096
25097 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25098 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25099
25100 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25101 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25102 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25103
25104 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25105
25106 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25107 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25108 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25109 server.
25110
25111 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25112
25113 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25114 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25115 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25116
25117 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25118
25119 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25120 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25121 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25122 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25123 Agent is plugged.
25124
25125 \(fn)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25128 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25129 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25130 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25131
25132 \(fn)" t nil)
25133
25134 ;;;***
25135 \f
25136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21483 18756 674635
25137 ;;;;;; 0))
25138 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25139
25140 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25141
25142 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25143 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25144 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25145 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25146 supported at a time.
25147 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25148 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25149
25150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25151
25152 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25153 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25154 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25155 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25156
25157 \(fn)" t nil)
25158
25159 ;;;***
25160 \f
25161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25163
25164 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25165 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25166
25167 \(fn)" t nil)
25168
25169 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25170 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25171
25172 \(fn)" nil nil)
25173
25174 ;;;***
25175 \f
25176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25178 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25179
25180 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25181 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25182
25183 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25184 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25185 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25186 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25187 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25188 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25189 of the current highlighting list.
25190
25191 For example:
25192
25193 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25194 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25195
25196 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25197 `_t' as data types.
25198
25199 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25200
25201 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25202 Major mode to edit SQL.
25203
25204 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25205 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25206 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25207
25208 \\{sql-mode-map}
25209 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25210
25211 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25212 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25213 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25214 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25215 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25216 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25217
25218 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25219 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25220
25221 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25222 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25223 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25224
25225 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25226 (lambda ()
25227 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25228
25229 \(fn)" t nil)
25230
25231 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25232 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25233
25234 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25235 their settings.
25236
25237 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25238 is specified in the connection settings.
25239
25240 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25241
25242 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25243 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25244
25245 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25246 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25247
25248 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25249 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25250 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25251 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25252
25253 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25254
25255 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25256
25257 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25258 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25259
25260 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25261 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25262 `*SQL*'.
25263
25264 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25265 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25266 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25267 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25268
25269 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25270 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25271
25272 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25273 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25274 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25275 buffer.
25276
25277 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25278 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25279 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25280 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25281 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25282 `default-process-coding-system'.
25283
25284 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25285
25286 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25287
25288 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25289 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25290
25291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25293 `*SQL*'.
25294
25295 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25296 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25297 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25298 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25299
25300 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25301 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302
25303 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25304 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25305 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25306 buffer.
25307
25308 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313 `default-process-coding-system'.
25314
25315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25316
25317 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25320 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25321
25322 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25323 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25324 `*SQL*'.
25325
25326 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25327 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25328
25329 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25330 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25331
25332 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25333 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25334 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25335 buffer.
25336
25337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25338 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25339 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25340 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25342 `default-process-coding-system'.
25343
25344 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25345
25346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25347
25348 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25349 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25350
25351 SQLite is free software.
25352
25353 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25354 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25355 `*SQL*'.
25356
25357 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25358 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25359 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25360 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25361
25362 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25363 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25364
25365 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25367 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25368 buffer.
25369
25370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25372 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25375 `default-process-coding-system'.
25376
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25378
25379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25380
25381 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25382 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25383
25384 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25385
25386 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25387 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25388 `*SQL*'.
25389
25390 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25391 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25392 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25393 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25394
25395 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25396 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25397
25398 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25400 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25401 buffer.
25402
25403 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25404 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25405 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25406 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25407 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25408 `default-process-coding-system'.
25409
25410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25411
25412 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25413
25414 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25415 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25416
25417 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25418 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25419 `*SQL*'.
25420
25421 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25422 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25423 defaults, if set.
25424
25425 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25426 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25427
25428 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25429 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25430 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25431 buffer.
25432
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'.
25439
25440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25441
25442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25443
25444 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25445 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25446
25447 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25448 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25449 `*SQL*'.
25450
25451 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25452 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25453
25454 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25455 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25456
25457 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25459 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25460 buffer.
25461
25462 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25463 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25465 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25466 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25467 `default-process-coding-system'.
25468
25469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25470
25471 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25472
25473 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25474 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25475
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25479
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25481 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25482 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25483 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25484
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487
25488 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25490 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 buffer.
25492
25493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25498 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499
25500 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501
25502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25503
25504 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25505 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25506
25507 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25508 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25509 `*SQL*'.
25510
25511 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25512 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25513 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25514 `sql-postgres-options'.
25515
25516 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25517 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25518
25519 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25521 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25522 buffer.
25523
25524 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25525 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25526 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25527 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25528 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25529 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25530 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25531 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25532
25533 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25534 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25535
25536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25537
25538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25541 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25542
25543 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25544 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 `*SQL*'.
25546
25547 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25548 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25549 defaults, if set.
25550
25551 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25552 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25553
25554 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25555 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25556 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25557 buffer.
25558
25559 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25560 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25561 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25562 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25563 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25564 `default-process-coding-system'.
25565
25566 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25567
25568 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25569
25570 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25571 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25572
25573 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25574 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25575 `*SQL*'.
25576
25577 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25578 automatic login.
25579
25580 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25581 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25582
25583 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25584 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25585 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25586 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25587
25588 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25589 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25590 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25591 buffer.
25592
25593 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25594 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25596 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25597 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25598 `default-process-coding-system'.
25599
25600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25601
25602 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25603
25604 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25605 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25606
25607 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25608 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25609 `*SQL*'.
25610
25611 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25612 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25613 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25614 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25615 parameters.
25616
25617 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25618 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25619 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25620 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25621 an empty password.
25622
25623 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25624 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25625
25626 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25627 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25628 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25629 buffer.
25630
25631 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25632
25633 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25634
25635 ;;;***
25636 \f
25637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 0
25638 ;;;;;; 0))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25640 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25641
25642 ;;;***
25643 \f
25644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25645 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
25646 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25647
25648 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25649 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25650
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25652
25653 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25654
25655 ;;;***
25656 \f
25657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25658 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25660
25661 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25662 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25663 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25664 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25665 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25666 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25667 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25668 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25669 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25670 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25671 with any buffer
25672 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25673 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25674 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25675 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25676
25677 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25678
25679 ;;;***
25680 \f
25681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25683
25684 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25685 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25686 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25687 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25688 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25689 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25690
25691 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25692
25693 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25696 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25697 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25698 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25699 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25700 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25701 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25702
25703 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25704
25705 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25706 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25707 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25708 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25709 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25710 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25711 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25712
25713 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25714
25715 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25716 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25717 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25718
25719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25720
25721 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25722 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25723 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25724
25725 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25726
25727 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25728 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25729
25730 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25731
25732 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25733 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25734
25735 \(fn)" t nil)
25736
25737 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25738 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25739
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25741
25742 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25743 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25744 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25745 by command name.
25746 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25747
25748 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25749
25750 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25751 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25752 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25755 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25756
25757 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25758
25759 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25760 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25763 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25764
25765 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25766 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25767 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25768 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25769 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25770
25771 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25772 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25773 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25774 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25775
25776 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25777
25778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25781 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25782 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25783 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25784
25785 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25788 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25789
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25791
25792 ;;;***
25793 \f
25794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25796
25797 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25798 Studlify-case the region.
25799
25800 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25803 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25804
25805 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25806
25807 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25808 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25809
25810 \(fn)" t nil)
25811
25812 ;;;***
25813 \f
25814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25815 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25817
25818 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25819 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25823
25824 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25825 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25826 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25827 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25828
25829 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25830 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25831 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25832
25833 Nomenclature Subwords
25834 ===========================================================
25835 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25836 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25837 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25838
25839 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25840 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25841 as words.
25842
25843 \\{subword-mode-map}
25844
25845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25846
25847 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25848 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25849 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25852 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25853
25854 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25855
25856 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25857 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25858 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25859 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25860 ARG is omitted or nil.
25861
25862 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25863 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25864 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25865
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25869 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25871 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25872 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25873
25874 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25875 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25876 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25877
25878 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25879 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25880 edit them as words.
25881
25882 \\{superword-mode-map}
25883
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25885
25886 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25887 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25888 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25891 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25892
25893 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25894
25895 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25896 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25897 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25898 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25899 ARG is omitted or nil.
25900
25901 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25902 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25903 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25904
25905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25906
25907 ;;;***
25908 \f
25909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
25910 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25912
25913 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25914 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25915 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25916 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25917 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25918 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25919 original message but it does require a few things:
25920
25921 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25922
25923 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25924 reply buffer.
25925
25926 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25927 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25928 original message.
25929
25930 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25931
25932 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25933
25934 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25935 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25936 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25937
25938 \(fn)" nil nil)
25939
25940 ;;;***
25941 \f
25942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25944
25945 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25946
25947 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25948 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25949 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25952 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25953
25954 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25955
25956 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25957 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25961
25962 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25963 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25964 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25965
25966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967
25968 ;;;***
25969 \f
25970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25971 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25972
25973 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25974 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25975 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25976 buffer.
25977
25978 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25979 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25980 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25981
25982 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25983
25984 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25985 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25986 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25987 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25988 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25989 buffer.
25990
25991 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25992 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25993 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25994
25995 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25996
25997 ;;;***
25998 \f
25999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 0
26000 ;;;;;; 0))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26002
26003 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26004 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26005 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26006
26007 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26008
26009 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26010 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26011
26012 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26013
26014 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26015 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26016
26017 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26018
26019 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26020 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26021
26022 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26023
26024 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26025 Insert an editable text table.
26026 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26027 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26028 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26029 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26030 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26031 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26032 delimiting them.
26033
26034 Examples:
26035
26036 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26037
26038 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26039 location of point.
26040
26041 -!-
26042
26043 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26044 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26045 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26046 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26047 first cell.
26048
26049 +-----+-----+-----+
26050 |-!- | | |
26051 +-----+-----+-----+
26052
26053 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26054
26055 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26056 width, which results as
26057
26058 +--------------+-----+-----+
26059 |-!- | | |
26060 +--------------+-----+-----+
26061
26062 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26063 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26064
26065 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26066 | | |-!- |
26067 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26068
26069 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26070 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26071 width information to `table-insert'.
26072
26073 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26074
26075 instead of
26076
26077 Cell width(s): 5
26078
26079 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26080 work all together.
26081
26082 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26083 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26084
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086 |-!- | | |
26087 | | | |
26088 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26089
26090 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26091
26092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26093 |-!- | | |
26094 | | | |
26095 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26096 | | | |
26097 | | | |
26098 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26099
26100 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26101
26102 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26103 | | | |
26104 | | | |
26105 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26106 | | | |
26107 | | | |
26108 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26109 -!-
26110
26111 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26112 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26113 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26114
26115 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26116 | | | |
26117 | | | |
26118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 | | | |
26120 | | | |
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 |-!- | | |
26123 | | | |
26124 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26125
26126 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26127 results.
26128
26129 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130 | | | |
26131 | | | |
26132 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26133 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26134 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26135 | | |expected results.-!- |
26136 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26137 | | | |
26138 | | | |
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140
26141 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26142
26143 \\{table-cell-map}
26144
26145 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26146
26147 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26148 Insert N table row(s).
26149 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26150 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26151 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26152 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26153
26154 \(fn N)" t nil)
26155
26156 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26157 Insert N table column(s).
26158 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26159 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26160 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26161 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26162
26163 \(fn N)" t nil)
26164
26165 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26166 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26167 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26168
26169 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26170
26171 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26172 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26173 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26174 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26175 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26176 all the table specific features.
26177
26178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26179
26180 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26181
26182
26183 \(fn)" t nil)
26184
26185 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26186 Recognize all tables within region.
26187 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26188 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26189 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26190 specific features.
26191
26192 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26193
26194 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26195
26196
26197 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26200 Recognize a table at point.
26201 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26202 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26203 the table specific features.
26204
26205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26206
26207 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26208
26209
26210 \(fn)" t nil)
26211
26212 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26213 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26214 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26215 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26216 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26217 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26218 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26219
26220 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26221
26222 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26223
26224
26225 \(fn)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26228 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26229 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26230 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26231 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26232 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26233 specified.
26234
26235 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26238 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26239 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26240 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26241 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26242 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26243 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26244 table structure.
26245
26246 \(fn N)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26249 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26250 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26251 table's rectangle structure.
26252
26253 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26256 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26257 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26258 table's rectangle structure.
26259
26260 \(fn N)" t nil)
26261
26262 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26263 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26264 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26265 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26266 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26267
26268 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26269
26270 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26271 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26272 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26273
26274 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26275 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26276 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26277 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26278 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26279 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26280 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26281
26282 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26283 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26284 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26285 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26286 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26287 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26288 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26289
26290 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26291 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26292 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26293 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26294 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26295 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26296 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26297 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26298
26299 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26302 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26303 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26304 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26305
26306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26309 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26310 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26311
26312 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26315 Split current cell vertically.
26316 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26317
26318 \(fn)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26321 Split current cell horizontally.
26322 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26323
26324 \(fn)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26327 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26328 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26329
26330 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26331
26332 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26333 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26334 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26335 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26336
26337 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26340 Justify cell contents.
26341 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26342 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26343 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26344 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26345
26346 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26349 Justify cells of a row.
26350 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26351 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26352
26353 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26356 Justify cells of a column.
26357 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26358 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26359
26360 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26361
26362 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26363 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26364 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26365 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26366 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26367 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26368 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26369 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26370 run-time.
26371
26372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26373
26374 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26375 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26376 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26377 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26378 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26379 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26380 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26381 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26382 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26383 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26384 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26385
26386 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26389 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26390 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26391 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26392 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26393 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26394 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26395 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26396 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26397 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26398 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26399 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26400 untouched.
26401
26402 References used for this implementation:
26403
26404 HTML:
26405 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26406
26407 LaTeX:
26408 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26409
26410 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26411 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26412 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26413
26414 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26415
26416 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26417 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26418 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26419 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26420 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26421 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26422 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26423 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26424 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26425 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26426 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26427 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26428 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26429 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26430 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26431 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26432 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26433
26434 Example:
26435
26436 (progn
26437 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26438 (table-forward-cell 15)
26439 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26440 (table-forward-cell 16)
26441 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26442 (table-forward-cell 1)
26443 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26444
26445 (progn
26446 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26447 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26448 (table-forward-cell 1)
26449 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26450
26451 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26452
26453 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26454 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26455 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26456 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26457 consists from cells of same height.
26458
26459 \(fn N)" t nil)
26460
26461 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26462 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26463 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26464 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26465 column must consists from cells of same width.
26466
26467 \(fn N)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26470 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26471 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26472 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26473 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26474 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26475 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26476 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26477 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26478 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26479 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26480 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26481 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26482 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26483 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26484
26485
26486 Example 1:
26487
26488 1, 2, 3, 4
26489 5, 6, 7, 8
26490 , 9, 10
26491
26492 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26493 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26494 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26495 specified as 5.
26496
26497 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26498 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26499 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26500 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26501 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26502 | | 9 | 10 | |
26503 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26504
26505 Note:
26506
26507 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26508 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26509 of each row is optional.
26510
26511
26512 Example 2:
26513
26514 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26515 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26516 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26517 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26518 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26519
26520 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26521 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26522
26523 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26524 expression and raw delimiter regular
26525 expression, it parses the specified text
26526 area and extracts cell items from
26527 non-table text and then forms a table out
26528 of them.
26529
26530 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26531 creates a single cell table. The text in
26532 the specified region is placed in that
26533 cell.-*-
26534
26535 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26536 like this.
26537
26538 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26539 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26540 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26541 | |
26542 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26543 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26544 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26545 | area and extracts cell items from |
26546 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26547 | of them. |
26548 | |
26549 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26550 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26551 | the specified region is placed in that |
26552 | cell. |
26553 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26554
26555 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26556 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26557 independently.
26558
26559 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26560 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26561 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26562 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26563 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26564 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26565 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26566 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26567 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26568 | |of them. |
26569 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26570 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26571 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26572 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26573 | |cell. |
26574 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26575
26576 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26577 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26578 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26579
26580 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26581
26582 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26583 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26584 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26585 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26586 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26587
26588 \(fn)" t nil)
26589
26590 ;;;***
26591 \f
26592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26593 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26594
26595 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26596 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26597
26598 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26599
26600 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26601 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26602
26603 \(fn)" t nil)
26604
26605 ;;;***
26606 \f
26607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21503 32807 150781
26608 ;;;;;; 797000))
26609 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26610
26611 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26612 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26613 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26614 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26615 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26616 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26617 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26618
26619 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26620 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26621 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26622 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26623
26624 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26625 \\{tar-mode-map}
26626
26627 \(fn)" t nil)
26628
26629 ;;;***
26630 \f
26631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26633
26634 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26635 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26636 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26637 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26638 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26639 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26640
26641 Variables controlling indentation style:
26642 `tcl-indent-level'
26643 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26644 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26645 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26646
26647 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26648 documentation for details):
26649 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26650 Controls action of TAB key.
26651 `tcl-auto-newline'
26652 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26653 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26654 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26655 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26656 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26657
26658 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26659 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26660 already exist.
26661
26662 \(fn)" t nil)
26663
26664 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26665 Run inferior Tcl process.
26666 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26667 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26668
26669 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26670
26671 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26672 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26673 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26674
26675 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26676
26677 ;;;***
26678 \f
26679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26680 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26681
26682 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26683 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26684 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26685 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26686
26687 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26688 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26689 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26690 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26691 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26692
26693 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26694
26695 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26696 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26697 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26698 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26699
26700 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26701
26702 ;;;***
26703 \f
26704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21554 31287 788939 0))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26706
26707 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26708 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26709 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26710 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26711 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26712 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26713
26714 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26715
26716 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26717 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26718 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26719 commands to use in that buffer.
26720
26721 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26722
26723 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26724
26725 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26726 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26727
26728 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26729
26730 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26731 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26732 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26733 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26734 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26735 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26736 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26737 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26738 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26739 use in that buffer.
26740 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26741
26742 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26743
26744 ;;;***
26745 \f
26746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26747 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26749
26750 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26751 Start coverage on function under point.
26752
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26754
26755 ;;;***
26756 \f
26757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26759 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26760
26761 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26762 Play the Tetris game.
26763 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26764 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26765 as to form complete rows.
26766
26767 tetris-mode keybindings:
26768 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26769 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26770 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26771 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26772 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26773 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26774 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26775 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26776 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26777
26778 \(fn)" t nil)
26779
26780 ;;;***
26781 \f
26782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21462 12596
26783 ;;;;;; 577539 0))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26785
26786 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26787 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26788
26789 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26790
26791 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26792 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26793 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26794 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26795 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26796
26797 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26798
26799 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26800 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26801 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26802 if it matches the first line of the file,
26803 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26804
26805 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26806
26807 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26808 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26809 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26810 if the variable is non-nil.")
26811
26812 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26813
26814 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26815 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26816
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26818
26819 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26820 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26821 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26822 See the documentation of that variable.")
26823
26824 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26825
26826 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26827 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26828 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26829 See the documentation of that variable.")
26830
26831 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26832
26833 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26834 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26835 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26836 See the documentation of that variable.")
26837
26838 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26839
26840 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26841 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26842 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26843 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26844 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26845
26846 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26847
26848 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26849 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26850 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26851 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26852
26853 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26854
26855 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26856 User defined LaTeX block names.
26857 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26858
26859 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26860
26861 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26862 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26863 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26864 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26865
26866 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26867
26868 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26869 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26876 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26877 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26878 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26879
26880 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26881 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26882 for example,
26883
26884 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26885 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26886
26887 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26888 use.")
26889
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26891
26892 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26893 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26894 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26897
26898 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26899
26900 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26901
26902 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26903 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26904 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26905
26906 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26907
26908 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26909 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26910 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26911 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26912 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26917 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26918
26919 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26920
26921 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26922 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26923
26924 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26925
26926 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26927 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26928 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26929 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26930 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26931 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26932 says which mode to use.
26933
26934 \(fn)" t nil)
26935
26936 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26937
26938 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26939
26940 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26941
26942 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26943 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26944 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26945 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26946 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26947
26948 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26949 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26950 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26951 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26952 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26953 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26954 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26955
26956 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26957 mismatched $'s or braces.
26958
26959 Special commands:
26960 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26961
26962 Mode variables:
26963 tex-run-command
26964 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26965 tex-directory
26966 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26967 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26968 tex-dvi-print-command
26969 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26970 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26971 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26972 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26973 tex-dvi-view-command
26974 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26975 tex-show-queue-command
26976 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26977 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26978
26979 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26980 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26981 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26982
26983 \(fn)" t nil)
26984
26985 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26986 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26987 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26988 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26989 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26990
26991 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26992 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26993 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26994 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26995 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26996 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26997 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26998
26999 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27000 mismatched $'s or braces.
27001
27002 Special commands:
27003 \\{latex-mode-map}
27004
27005 Mode variables:
27006 latex-run-command
27007 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27008 tex-directory
27009 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27010 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27011 tex-dvi-print-command
27012 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27013 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27014 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27015 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27016 tex-dvi-view-command
27017 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27018 tex-show-queue-command
27019 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27020 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27021
27022 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27023 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27024 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27025
27026 \(fn)" t nil)
27027
27028 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27029 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27030 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27031 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27032 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27033
27034 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27035 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27036 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27037 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27038 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27039 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27040 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27041
27042 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27043 mismatched $'s or braces.
27044
27045 Special commands:
27046 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27047
27048 Mode variables:
27049 slitex-run-command
27050 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27051 tex-directory
27052 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27053 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27054 tex-dvi-print-command
27055 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27056 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27057 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27058 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27059 tex-dvi-view-command
27060 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27061 tex-show-queue-command
27062 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27063 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27064
27065 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27066 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27067 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27068 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27069
27070 \(fn)" t nil)
27071
27072 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27073
27074
27075 \(fn)" nil nil)
27076
27077 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27078 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27079
27080 \(fn)" t nil)
27081
27082 ;;;***
27083 \f
27084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27085 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27087
27088 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27089 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27090 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27091 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27092
27093 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27094 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27095 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27096
27097 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27098
27099 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27100 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27101 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27102 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27103 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27104
27105 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27106
27107 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27108 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27109 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27110 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27111
27112 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27113 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27114 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27115 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27116
27117 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27118 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27119
27120 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27121
27122 ;;;***
27123 \f
27124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21412 6211
27125 ;;;;;; 413773 0))
27126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27127
27128 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27129 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27130
27131 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27132
27133 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27134 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27135
27136 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27137
27138 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27139 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27140
27141 It has these extra commands:
27142 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27143
27144 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27145 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27146 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27147 modified version of TeX input format.
27148
27149 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27150 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27151 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27152 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27153
27154 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27155 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27156 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27157 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27158 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27159 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27160 in the Texinfo file.
27161
27162 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27163 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27164 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27165 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27166 move forward past the closing brace.
27167
27168 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27169 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27170
27171 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27172 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27173 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27174
27175 Here are the functions:
27176
27177 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27178 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27179 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27180
27181 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27182 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27183 texinfo-master-menu
27184
27185 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27186
27187 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27188 which menu descriptions are indented.
27189
27190 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27191 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27192 in the region.
27193
27194 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27195 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27196 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27197 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27198
27199 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27200 be the first node in the file.
27201
27202 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27203 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27204
27205 \(fn)" t nil)
27206
27207 ;;;***
27208 \f
27209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27210 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27212
27213 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27214 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27215 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27216 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27217
27218 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27219
27220 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27221 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27222
27223 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27224
27225 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27226 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27227
27228 \(fn)" t nil)
27229
27230 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27231
27232
27233 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27234
27235 ;;;***
27236 \f
27237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27238 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27239
27240 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27241 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27242 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27243 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27244 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27245 `line', and `page'.
27246
27247 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27250 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27251 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27252 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27253 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27254 `line', and `page'.
27255
27256 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27257 valid THING.
27258
27259 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27260 positions of the thing found.
27261
27262 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27263
27264 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27265 Return the THING at point.
27266 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27267 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27268 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27269 `line', `number', and `page'.
27270
27271 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27272 strip text properties from the return value.
27273
27274 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27275 a symbol as a valid THING.
27276
27277 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27278
27279 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27280 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27281
27282 \(fn)" nil nil)
27283
27284 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27285 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27286
27287 \(fn)" nil nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27290 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27291
27292 \(fn)" nil nil)
27293
27294 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27295 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27296
27297 \(fn)" nil nil)
27298
27299 ;;;***
27300 \f
27301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27303
27304 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27305 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27306
27307 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27308
27309 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27310 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27311 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27312 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27313
27314 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27315
27316 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27317 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27318
27319 \(fn)" t nil)
27320
27321 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27322 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27323
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27325
27326 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27327
27328 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27329 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27330
27331 \(fn)" t nil)
27332
27333 ;;;***
27334 \f
27335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27336 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27337 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27338
27339 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27340 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27341 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27342
27343 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27346 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27347
27348 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27349
27350 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27351 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27352 The returned string has no composition information.
27353
27354 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27355
27356 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27357 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27358
27359 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27362 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27363
27364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27367 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27368 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27369 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27370
27371 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27374 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27375 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27376 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27377
27378 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27379
27380 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27381 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27382 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27383
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27387 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27388 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27389
27390 \(fn)" t nil)
27391
27392 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27393
27394
27395 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27396
27397 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27398
27399
27400 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27401
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27403
27404
27405 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27406
27407 ;;;***
27408 \f
27409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27410 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27412 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27413
27414 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27415 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27416 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27417 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27418 parameters.
27419 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27420
27421 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27422
27423 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27424 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27425 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27426 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27427 parameters.
27428 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27429
27430 \(fn)" t nil)
27431
27432 ;;;***
27433 \f
27434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27435 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27436
27437 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27438 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27439
27440 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27441 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27442
27443 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27444 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27445 This display updates automatically every minute.
27446 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27447 are displayed as well.
27448 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27449
27450 \(fn)" t nil)
27451
27452 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27453 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27454 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27456 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27457 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27458
27459 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27460
27461 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27462 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27465 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27466
27467 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27468 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27469 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27470 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27471 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27472
27473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27474
27475 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27476 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27477 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27478 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27479
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27483 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27484 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27485 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27486
27487 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27488
27489 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27490 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27491
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27493
27494 ;;;***
27495 \f
27496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27497 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27499
27500 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27501 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27502 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27503
27504 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27505 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27506 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27507 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27508 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27509 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27510
27511 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27512 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27513
27514 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27515
27516 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27517 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27518
27519 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27520
27521 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27522 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27523
27524 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27527 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27528 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27529
27530 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27531
27532 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27533
27534 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27535 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27536 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27537
27538 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27539
27540 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27541 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27542
27543 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27544
27545 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27546 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27547 DATE should be a date-time string.
27548
27549 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27550
27551 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27552 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27553 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27554
27555 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27558 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27559
27560 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27563 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27564
27565 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27568 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27569 TIME should be a time value.
27570 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27571
27572 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27575 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27576 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27577
27578 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27581 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27582 The valid format specifiers are:
27583 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27584 %d is the number of days.
27585 %h is the number of hours.
27586 %m is the number of minutes.
27587 %s is the number of seconds.
27588 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27589 %% is a literal \"%\".
27590
27591 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27592 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27593
27594 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27595 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27596 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27597
27598 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27599 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27600 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27601
27602 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27603
27604 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27605
27606 ;;;***
27607 \f
27608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 0
27609 ;;;;;; 0))
27610 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27611 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27612 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27613 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27614 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27615 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27616 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27617 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27618 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27619
27620 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27621 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27622 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27623 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27624 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27625 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27626 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27627 look like one of the following:
27628 Time-stamp: <>
27629 Time-stamp: \" \"
27630 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27631 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27632 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27633 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27634 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27635 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27636 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27637 the template.
27638
27639 \(fn)" t nil)
27640
27641 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27642 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27643 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27644
27645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27646
27647 ;;;***
27648 \f
27649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27650 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27651 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27652 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27653
27654 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27655 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27656 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27658 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27659 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27660
27661 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27664 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27665 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27666 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27667 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27668 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27669 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27670 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27671 display (non-nil means on).
27672
27673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27674
27675 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27676 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27677 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27678 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27679 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27680 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27681 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27682 this function is called within a day.
27683
27684 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27685 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27686 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27687 discover the name of the project.
27688
27689 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27690
27691 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27692 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27693 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27694 begun during the last time segment.
27695
27696 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27697 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27698 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27699 discover the reason.
27700
27701 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27702
27703 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27704 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27705 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27706 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27707 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27708
27709 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27710
27711 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27712 Change to working on a different project.
27713 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27714 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27715 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27716 working on.
27717
27718 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27719
27720 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27721 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27722 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27723
27724 \(fn)" nil nil)
27725
27726 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27727 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27728 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27729
27730 \(fn)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27733 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27734 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27735 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27736 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27737 \"relative to today\".
27738
27739 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27742 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27743 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27744 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27745
27746 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27749 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27750 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27751 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27752 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27753 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27754
27755 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27756
27757 ;;;***
27758 \f
27759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27760 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
27761 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27762
27763 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27764 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27765 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27766 the generated Quail package is saved.
27767
27768 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27769
27770 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27771 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27772 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27773 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27774 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27775 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27776 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27777
27778 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27779
27780 ;;;***
27781 \f
27782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27783 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27784 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27785 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27786
27787 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27788 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27789 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27790 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27791 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27792
27793 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27794 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27795 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27796
27797 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27798
27799 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27800 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27801 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27802 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27803 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27804
27805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27808 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27809 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27810 in the menu in two ways:
27811 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27812 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27813 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27814
27815 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27816 keymap or an alist of alists.
27817 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27818 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27819
27820 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27821
27822 ;;;***
27823 \f
27824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21468
27825 ;;;;;; 51404 66554 0))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27827
27828 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27829 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27830
27831 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27832 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27833 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27834 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27835 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27836 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27837 file was last visited.
27838
27839 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27840 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27841 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27842 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27843 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27844 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27845 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27846 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27847 for the first item.
27848
27849 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27850 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27851 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27852 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27853 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27854 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27855 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27856 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27857
27858 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27859 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27860 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27861 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27862 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27863
27864 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27865 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27866
27867 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27868
27869 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27870 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27871
27872 \\{todo-mode-map}
27873
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27875
27876 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27877 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27878
27879 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27880
27881 \(fn)" t nil)
27882
27883 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27884 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27885
27886 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27887
27888 \(fn)" t nil)
27889
27890 ;;;***
27891 \f
27892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27893 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27894
27895 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27896 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27897 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27898
27899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27900
27901 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27902 Add an item to the tool bar.
27903 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27904 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27905 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27906 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27907
27908 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27909 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27910 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27911 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27912
27913 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27914 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27915
27916 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27917
27918 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27919 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27920 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27921 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27922 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27923 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27924
27925 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27926 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27927 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27928 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27929
27930 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27931
27932 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27933 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27934 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27935 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27936 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27937 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27938 properties to add to the binding.
27939
27940 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27941
27942 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27943 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27944
27945 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27948 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27949 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27950 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27951 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27952 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27953 properties to add to the binding.
27954
27955 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27956 holds a keymap.
27957
27958 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27959
27960 ;;;***
27961 \f
27962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27964
27965 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27966 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27967 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27968 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27969 to a tcp server on another machine.
27970
27971 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27972
27973 ;;;***
27974 \f
27975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
27976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27978
27979 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27980 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27981
27982 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27983
27984 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27985 Helper function to get internal values.
27986 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27987
27988 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27989
27990 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27991 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
27992 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
27993 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
27994
27995 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
27996 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
27997 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
27998 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
27999 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28000
28001 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28002 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28003 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28004 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28005
28006 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28007
28008 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28011 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28012 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28013 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28014
28015 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28016
28017 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28018
28019 ;;;***
28020 \f
28021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21389 44725 461529
28022 ;;;;;; 0))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28024
28025 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28026 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28027 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28028
28029 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28030
28031 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28032 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28033
28034 It can have the following values:
28035
28036 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28037 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28038
28039 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28040
28041 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28042 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28043 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28044 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28045
28046 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28047
28048 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28049 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28050 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28051 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28052
28053 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28054 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28055 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28056 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28057 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28058 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28059 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28060 files which are not really Tramp files.
28061
28062 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28063 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28064 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28065 updated after changing this variable.
28066
28067 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28068
28069 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28070 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28071 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28072 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28073
28074 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28075
28076 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28077 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28078 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28079 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28080
28081 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28082 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28083 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28084
28085 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28086 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28087 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28088 updated after changing this variable.
28089
28090 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28091
28092 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28093 Alist of completion handler functions.
28094 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28095 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28096 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28097
28098 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28099 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28100 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28101 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28102
28103 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28104 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28105 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28106
28107 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28108 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28109
28110 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28111 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28112
28113 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28114
28115 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28116
28117
28118 \(fn)" nil nil)
28119
28120 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28121 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28122
28123 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28124
28125 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28126 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28127
28128 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28129
28130 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28131 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28132
28133 \(fn)" t nil)
28134
28135 ;;;***
28136 \f
28137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28138 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28140
28141 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28142
28143
28144 \(fn)" nil nil)
28145
28146 ;;;***
28147 \f
28148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21509 42819 588289
28149 ;;;;;; 0))
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28151
28152 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28153 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28154 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28155 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28156 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28157 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28158 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28159 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28160
28161 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28162 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28163 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28164
28165 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28166 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28167 resumed later.
28168
28169 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28170
28171 ;;;***
28172 \f
28173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28174 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28175 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28176
28177 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28178
28179
28180 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28181
28182 ;;;***
28183 \f
28184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28185 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28187 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28188 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28189 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28190
28191 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28192 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28193 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28194 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28195 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28196 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28197 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28198
28199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28200
28201 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28202 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28203 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28204 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28205
28206 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28207
28208 \(fn)" t nil)
28209
28210 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28211 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28212 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28213 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28214 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28215 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28216 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28217
28218 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28219 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28220
28221 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28222 \\___/\\
28223 / \\
28224 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28225
28226 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28227
28228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28229
28230 ;;;***
28231 \f
28232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 0
28233 ;;;;;; 0))
28234 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28235
28236 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28237 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28238 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28241 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28242
28243 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28244
28245 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28246 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28247 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28248
28249 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28250 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28251 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28252 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28253 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28254 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28255 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28256
28257 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28258 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28259
28260 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28261 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28262 reset the keystroke counter.
28263
28264 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28265 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28266 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28267 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28268
28269 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28270 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28271 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28272 `type-break-schedule' command.
28273
28274 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28275 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28276 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28277 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28278 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28279 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28280 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28281 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28282 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28283
28284 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28285 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28286 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28287 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28288 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28289
28290 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28291 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28292 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28293 approximate good values for this.
28294
28295 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28296 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28297
28298 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28299 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28300 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28301 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28302 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28303 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28304
28305 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28306 a typing break occur. They include:
28307
28308 `type-break-query-mode'
28309 `type-break-query-function'
28310 `type-break-query-interval'
28311
28312 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28313
28314 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28315 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28316 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28317 problems.
28318
28319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28320
28321 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28322 Take a typing break.
28323
28324 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28325 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28326
28327 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28328 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28329
28330 \(fn)" t nil)
28331
28332 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28333 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28334 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28335 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28336
28337 \(fn)" t nil)
28338
28339 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28340 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28341
28342 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28343 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28344 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28345 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28346 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28347 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28348 average typing speed.)
28349
28350 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28351 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28352 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28353 the computed maximum threshold.
28354
28355 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28356 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28357 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28358 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28359 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28360
28361 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28362
28363 ;;;***
28364 \f
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28367
28368 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28369 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28370 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28371 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28372 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28373
28374 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28375
28376 ;;;***
28377 \f
28378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28379 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28381
28382 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28383 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28384
28385 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28386
28387 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28388 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28389
28390 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28391
28392 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28393 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28394
28395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28396
28397 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28398 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28399
28400 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28401
28402 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28403 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28404
28405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28406
28407 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28408 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28409
28410 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28411
28412 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28413 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28414
28415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28416
28417 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28418 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28419
28420 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28421
28422 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28423 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28424
28425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28426
28427 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28428 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28429
28430 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28431
28432 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28433 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28434
28435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28438 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28439
28440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28441
28442 ;;;***
28443 \f
28444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28445 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28447
28448 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28449 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28450 Works by overstriking underscores.
28451 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28452 which specify the range to operate on.
28453
28454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28455
28456 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28457 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28458 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28459 which specify the range to operate on.
28460
28461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28462
28463 ;;;***
28464 \f
28465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 0
28466 ;;;;;; 0))
28467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28468
28469 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28470 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28471 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28472 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28473 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28474 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28475
28476 \(fn)" nil nil)
28477
28478 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28479 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28480 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28481
28482 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28483
28484 ;;;***
28485 \f
28486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28487 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28489
28490 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28491 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28492 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28493 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28494
28495 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28496
28497 ;;;***
28498 \f
28499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21532 4280 979161 0))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28501
28502 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28503 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28504 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28505 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28506 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28507
28508 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28509 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28510 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28511 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28512 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28513 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28514
28515 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28516 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28517 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28518
28519 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28520 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28521 the callback is not called).
28522
28523 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28524 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28525 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28526 take effect.
28527
28528 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28529 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28530 the server.
28531 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28532 URL-encoded before it's used.
28533
28534 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28535
28536 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28537 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28538 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28539 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28540 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28541
28542 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 0
28547 ;;;;;; 0))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28549
28550 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28551 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28552 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28553
28554 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28555 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28556 `url-generic-parse-url'
28557 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28558 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28559 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28560 realm
28561 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28562 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28563 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28564 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28565 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28566 what type of auth to use
28567 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28568 if one cannot be found in the cache
28569
28570 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28573 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28574
28575 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28576 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28577 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28578 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28579 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28580 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28581 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28582 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28583
28584 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28585
28586 ;;;***
28587 \f
28588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28589 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28591
28592 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28593 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28594
28595 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28596
28597 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28598 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28599 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28600
28601 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28602
28603 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28604 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28605
28606 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28607
28608 ;;;***
28609 \f
28610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28612
28613 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28614
28615
28616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28617
28618 ;;;***
28619 \f
28620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28622
28623 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28624 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28625 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28626
28627 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28628
28629 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28630 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28631 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28632 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28633
28634 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28635 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28636 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28637 though.
28638
28639 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28640
28641 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28642 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28643 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28644
28645 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28648
28649
28650 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28651
28652 ;;;***
28653 \f
28654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 0
28655 ;;;;;; 0))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28657
28658 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28659 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28660
28661 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28662
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28667
28668 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28669 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28670
28671 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28674 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28675 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28676 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28677 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28678
28679 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28680
28681 ;;;***
28682 \f
28683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21420
28684 ;;;;;; 315 511456 0))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28686
28687 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28688 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28689 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28692 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28693
28694 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28697 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28701
28702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28703
28704 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28705 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28706 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28707 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28708
28709 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28710
28711 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28712 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28713 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28714 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28715 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28716 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28717 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28718 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28719 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28720 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28721
28722 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28725 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28726 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28727 accessible.
28728
28729 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28730
28731 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28732
28733
28734 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28735
28736 ;;;***
28737 \f
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21574 16579 173517
28739 ;;;;;; 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28741 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28742
28743 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28744 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28745 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28746 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28747 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28748
28749 ;;;***
28750 \f
28751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28753
28754 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28755
28756
28757 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28758
28759 ;;;***
28760 \f
28761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 0
28762 ;;;;;; 0))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28764
28765 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28766 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28767 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28768 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28769 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28770
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28772
28773 ;;;***
28774 \f
28775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28778
28779 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28780
28781
28782 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28783
28784 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28785 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28786
28787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28788
28789 ;;;***
28790 \f
28791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 0
28792 ;;;;;; 0))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28794
28795 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28796 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28797
28798 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799
28800 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28801 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28802
28803 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28804
28805 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28806
28807
28808 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28809
28810 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28811
28812 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28813
28814 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28815
28816 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28817 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28818
28819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28820
28821 ;;;***
28822 \f
28823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21574 16579 173517
28824 ;;;;;; 0))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28826
28827 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28828
28829
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28831
28832 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28833
28834
28835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28836
28837 ;;;***
28838 \f
28839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28841
28842 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28843
28844
28845 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28846
28847 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28848
28849
28850 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28853
28854
28855 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28856
28857 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28858
28859
28860 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28861
28862 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28863
28864
28865 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28866
28867 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28868
28869
28870 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28873
28874
28875 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28876
28877 ;;;***
28878 \f
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
28880 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28882
28883 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28884 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28885
28886 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28887
28888 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28889 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28890 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28891
28892 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28893 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28894 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28895 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28896 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28897 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28898 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28899 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28900 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28901 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28902 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28903 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28904 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28905 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28906
28907 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28908 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28909 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28910
28911 Here is an example. The URL
28912
28913 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28914
28915 parses to
28916
28917 TYPE = \"foo\"
28918 USER = \"bob\"
28919 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28920 HOST = \"example.com\"
28921 PORTSPEC = 42
28922 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28923 TARGET = \"nose\"
28924 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28925 FULLNESS = t
28926
28927 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928
28929 ;;;***
28930 \f
28931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
28932 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28934
28935 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28936 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28937
28938 \(fn)" t nil)
28939
28940 ;;;***
28941 \f
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
28943 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28945
28946 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28947 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28948 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28949 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28950 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28951 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28952
28953 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28954
28955 ;;;***
28956 \f
28957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 0
28958 ;;;;;; 0))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28960
28961 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28962 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28963 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28964
28965 If t, all messages will be logged.
28966 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28967 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28968
28969 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28970
28971 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28972
28973
28974 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28977
28978
28979 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28980
28981 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28982 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28983 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28984 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28985 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28986 & ==> &amp;
28987 < ==> &lt;
28988 > ==> &gt;
28989 \" ==> &quot;
28990
28991 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28992
28993 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28994 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28995 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28996
28997 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28998
28999 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29000 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29001 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29002
29003 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29004
29005 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29006 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29007
29008 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29009
29010 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29011 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29012
29013 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29014
29015 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29016 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29017
29018 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29019
29020 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29021
29022
29023 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29026
29027
29028 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29029
29030 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29031
29032 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29033 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29034
29035 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29036
29037 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29038 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29039
29040 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29041
29042 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29043
29044
29045 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29046
29047 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29048 Build a query-string.
29049
29050 Given a QUERY in the form:
29051 '((key1 val1)
29052 (key2 val2)
29053 (key3 val1 val2)
29054 (key4)
29055 (key5 \"\"))
29056
29057 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29058
29059 This will return a string
29060 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29061 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29062 be used.
29063
29064 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29065
29066 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29067 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29068
29069 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29070
29071 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29072 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29073 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29074 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29075 forbidden in URL encoding.
29076
29077 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29080 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29081 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29082 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29083 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29084 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29085
29086 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29087 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29088 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29089 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29090
29091 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29092
29093 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29094 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29095 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29096 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29097 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29098 should return it unchanged.
29099
29100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29103 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29104 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29105 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29106
29107 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29110 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29111 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29112
29113 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29114
29115 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29116 View the current document's URL.
29117 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29118 the minibuffer.
29119
29120 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29121
29122 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29123
29124 ;;;***
29125 \f
29126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29127 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29128
29129 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29130 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29131 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29132 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29133 to refrain from editing the file
29134 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29135 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29136 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29137 in any way you like.
29138
29139 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29142 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29143 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29144 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29145 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29146
29147 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29148 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29149
29150 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29151
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29155 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29157
29158 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29159
29160
29161 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29162
29163 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29164
29165
29166 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29167
29168 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29169
29170
29171 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29172
29173 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29174
29175
29176 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29177
29178 ;;;***
29179 \f
29180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29182
29183 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29184 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29185
29186 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29187
29188 ;;;***
29189 \f
29190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29191 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29193
29194 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29195 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29196 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29197 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29198
29199 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29200
29201 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29202 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29203 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29204
29205 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29208 Uudecode region between START and END.
29209 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29210
29211 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29212
29213 ;;;***
29214 \f
29215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29217
29218 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29219 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29220 See `run-hooks'.")
29221
29222 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29223
29224 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29225 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29226 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29227
29228 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29229
29230 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29231 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29232 See `run-hooks'.")
29233
29234 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29235
29236 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29237 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29238 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29239 same state. If not, signal an error.
29240
29241 For merging-based version control systems:
29242 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29243 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29244 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29245 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29246 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29247 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29248
29249 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29250 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29251 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29252 the file(s) for editing.
29253 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29254 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29255 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29256 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29257 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29258 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29259
29260 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29263 Register into a version control system.
29264 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29265 Otherwise register the current file.
29266 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29267 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29268
29269 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29270 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29271 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29272 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29273 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29274 first backend that could register the file is used.
29275
29276 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29277
29278 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29279 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29280
29281 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29282
29283 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29284 Display diffs between file revisions.
29285 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29286 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29287 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29288
29289 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29290 saving the buffer.
29291
29292 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29295 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29296 repository history using ediff.
29297
29298 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29301 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29302 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29303 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29304 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29305
29306 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29307 saving the buffer.
29308
29309 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29310
29311 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29312 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29313 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29314 fileset with the working revision.
29315 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29316 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29317
29318 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29319 saving the buffer.
29320
29321 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29322
29323 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29324 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29325 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29326 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29327
29328 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29331 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29332 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29333 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29334
29335 \(fn)" t nil)
29336
29337 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29338 Perform a version control merge operation.
29339 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29340 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29341 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29342 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29343
29344 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29345 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29346 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29347 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29348 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29349 changes from the current branch.
29350
29351 \(fn)" t nil)
29352
29353 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29354
29355 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29356 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29357 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29358 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29359 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29360 checked out in that new branch.
29361
29362 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29365 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29366 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29367 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29368 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29369 allowed and simply skipped).
29370
29371 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29372
29373 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29374 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29375 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29376 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29377 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29378
29379 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29380 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29381
29382 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29383
29384 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29385 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29386 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29387 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29388 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29389
29390 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29391
29392 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29393 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29394 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29395
29396 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29399 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29400 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29401
29402 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29405 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29406 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29407 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29408
29409 \(fn)" t nil)
29410
29411 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29412 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29413 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29414 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29415
29416 \(fn)" t nil)
29417
29418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29419
29420 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29421 Update the current fileset or branch.
29422 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29423 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29424 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29425 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29426
29427 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29428 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29429 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29430 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29431 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29432
29433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29434
29435 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29436
29437 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29438 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29439 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29440 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29441 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29442 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29443 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29444
29445 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29448 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29449 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29450 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29451 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29452 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29453 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29454 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29455 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29456
29457 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29458
29459 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29460 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29461 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29462 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29463
29464 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29467 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29468 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29469 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29470
29471 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29474 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29475 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29476 directory.
29477
29478 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29479
29480 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29481 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29482 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29483
29484 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29485 log entries should be gathered.
29486
29487 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29488
29489 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29490 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29491
29492 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29493
29494 ;;;***
29495 \f
29496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29497 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29499
29500 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29501 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29502
29503 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29504 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29505 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29506 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29507 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29508 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29509
29510 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29511 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29512 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29513 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29514 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29515 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29516 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29517 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29518
29519 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29520
29521 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29522
29523 Customization variables:
29524
29525 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29526 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29527 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29528 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29529
29530 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29531
29532 ;;;***
29533 \f
29534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29536 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29537 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29538 (progn
29539 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29540 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29541
29542 ;;;***
29543 \f
29544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29545 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29546
29547 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29548 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29549
29550 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29551 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29552 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29553 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29554 (progn
29555 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29556 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29557
29558 ;;;***
29559 \f
29560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29562 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29563 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29564 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29565 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29566 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29567 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29568
29569 ;;;***
29570 \f
29571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21514 60739 675589
29572 ;;;;;; 0))
29573 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29574
29575 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29576 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29577 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29578 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29579 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29580
29581 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29582 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29583 The file lines appear later.
29584
29585 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29586 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29587
29588 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29589
29590 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29591
29592 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29593
29594 ;;;***
29595 \f
29596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21444
29597 ;;;;;; 12002 871574 911000))
29598 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29599
29600 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29601 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29602 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29603 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29604 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29605 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29606 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29607 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29608 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29609 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29610 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29611 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29612 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29613 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29614 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29615
29616 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29617
29618 ;;;***
29619 \f
29620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21425 18234 73199
29621 ;;;;;; 0))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29623 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29624 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29625 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29626 (progn
29627 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29628 (vc-git-registered file))))
29629
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21574 16579 173517 0))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29634 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29635 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29636 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29637 (progn
29638 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29639 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29640
29641 ;;;***
29642 \f
29643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29644 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29645
29646 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29647 Name of the monotone directory.")
29648
29649 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29650 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29651 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29652 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29653 (progn
29654 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29655 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29656
29657 ;;;***
29658 \f
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21372 35662 356409
29660 ;;;;;; 0))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29662
29663 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29664 Where to look for RCS master files.
29665 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29666
29667 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29668
29669 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29670
29671 ;;;***
29672 \f
29673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29675
29676 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29677 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29678 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29679
29680 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29681
29682 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29683
29684 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29685 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29686 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29687 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29688
29689 ;;;***
29690 \f
29691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21551 55091 744410
29692 ;;;;;; 0))
29693 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29694 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29695 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29696 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29697 "_svn")
29698 (t ".svn"))))
29699 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29700 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29701 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29702
29703 ;;;***
29704 \f
29705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29706 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29708 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29709 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29710
29711 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29712 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29713
29714 Usage:
29715 ------
29716
29717 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29718 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29719 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29720 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29721
29722 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29723 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29724 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29725 completions.
29726
29727 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29728 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29729
29730 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29731 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29732
29733 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29734 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29735 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29736
29737 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29738
29739
29740 Maintenance:
29741 ------------
29742
29743 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29744 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29745
29746 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29747
29748 Official distribution is at
29749 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29750
29751
29752 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29753 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29754
29755 Key bindings:
29756 -------------
29757
29758 \\{vera-mode-map}
29759
29760 \(fn)" t nil)
29761
29762 ;;;***
29763 \f
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29765 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29767
29768 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29769 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29770 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29771 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29772 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29773
29774 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29775
29776 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29777 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29778
29779 Supports highlighting.
29780
29781 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29782 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29783
29784 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29785
29786 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29787 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29788 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29789 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29790 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29791 on the left side of your screen.
29792 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29793 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29794 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29795 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29796 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29797 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29798 function keyword.
29799 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29800 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29801 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29802 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29803 if (a)
29804 begin
29805 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29806 Indentation for case statements.
29807 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29808 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29809 mark after an end.
29810 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29811 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29812 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29813 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29814 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29815 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29816 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29817 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29818 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29819 if (a)
29820 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29821 otherwise you get:
29822 if (a)
29823 begin
29824 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29825 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29826 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29827 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29828 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29829 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29830 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29831 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29832 comments in tight quarters.
29833 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29834 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29835
29836 Variables controlling other actions:
29837
29838 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29839 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29840 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29841
29842 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29843
29844 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29845
29846 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29847 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29848 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29849
29850 Some other functions are:
29851
29852 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29853 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29854 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29855 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29856 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29857
29858 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29859 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29860 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29861 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29862
29863 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29885 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29886 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29887 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29888 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29889 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29890 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29891 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29892 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29893 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29894
29895 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29896 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29897
29898 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29899
29900 \(fn)" t nil)
29901
29902 ;;;***
29903 \f
29904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21587
29905 ;;;;;; 28603 874778 0))
29906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29907
29908 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29909 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29910
29911 Usage:
29912 ------
29913
29914 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29915 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29916 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29917 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29918 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29919 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29920 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29921 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29922 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29923
29924 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29925 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29926 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29927 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29928
29929 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29930 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29931 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29932 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29933 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29934
29935 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29936 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29937
29938
29939 HEADER INSERTION:
29940 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29941 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29942 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29943
29944
29945 STUTTERING:
29946 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29947 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29948 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29949 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29950
29951 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29952 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29953 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29954 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29955 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29956
29957
29958 WORD COMPLETION:
29959 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29960 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29961 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29962 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29963
29964 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29965 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29966 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29967 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29968 beginning with \"std\").
29969
29970 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29971 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29972 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29973 stop.
29974
29975
29976 COMMENTS:
29977 `--' puts a single comment.
29978 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29979 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29980 with a comment in between.
29981 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29982 out following lines.
29983 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29984 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
29985 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
29986 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
29987
29988 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29989 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29990 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29991 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29992 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29993 non-nil.
29994
29995 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29996 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29997 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29998 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29999 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30000 multi-line comments.
30001
30002
30003 INDENTATION:
30004 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30005 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30006 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30007 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30008 the entire region.
30009
30010 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30011 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30012 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30013 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30014
30015 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30016 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30017 and vice versa.
30018
30019 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30020 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30021
30022 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30023 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30024 line.
30025
30026
30027 ALIGNMENT:
30028 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30029 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30030 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30031 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30032 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30033 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30034 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30035 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30036
30037 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30038 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30039 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30040 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30041 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30042 is non-nil.
30043
30044 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30045 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30046 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30047
30048 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30049 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30050
30051
30052 CODE FILLING:
30053 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30054 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30055 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30056 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30057 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30058 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30059
30060
30061 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30062 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30063 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30064 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30065 command:
30066
30067 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30068
30069
30070 PORT TRANSLATION:
30071 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30072 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30073 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30074 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30075 internal signal initializations (menu).
30076
30077 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30078 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30079 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30080
30081 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30082 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30083 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30084 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30085 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30086 in subsequent paste operations.)
30087
30088 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30089 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30090 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30091
30092
30093 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30094 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30095 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30096 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30097 association list with formals).
30098
30099
30100 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30101 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30102 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30103 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30104 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30105 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30106 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30107 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30108 `vhdl-testbench'.
30109
30110
30111 KEY BINDINGS:
30112 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30113
30114
30115 VHDL MENU:
30116 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30117
30118
30119 FILE BROWSER:
30120 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30121 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30122 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30123
30124 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30125 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30126
30127
30128 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30129 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30130 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30131 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30132
30133 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30134 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30135 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30136
30137 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30138 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30139 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30140 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30141
30142 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30143 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30144 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30145 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30146 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30147
30148 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30149 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30150 required by secondary units.
30151
30152
30153 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30154 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30155 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30156 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30157 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30158 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30159 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30160 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30161 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30162 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30163 inputs to this component -> input port created
30164 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30165 outputs from this component -> output port created
30166 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30167 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30168
30169 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30170 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30171 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30172 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30173 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30174
30175 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30176 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30177
30178 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30179 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30180 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30181 component instantiation is also supported (option
30182 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30183
30184 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30185 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30186 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30187 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30188 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30189 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30190 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30191 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30192 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30193 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30194 generating the configuration.
30195
30196 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30197 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30198 configurations in speedbar.
30199
30200 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30201
30202
30203 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30204 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30205 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30206 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30207 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30208 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30209 information. New compilers can be added.
30210
30211 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30212 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30213
30214
30215 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30216 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30217 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30218 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30219 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30220
30221 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30222 command:
30223
30224 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30225 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30226 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30227
30228 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30229 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30230 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30231 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30232 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30233 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30234 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30235 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30236 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30237
30238 Limitations:
30239 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30240 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30241 not (yet) supported.
30242 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30243 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30244 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30245
30246
30247 PROJECTS:
30248 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30249 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30250 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30251 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30252 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30253 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30254 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30255 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30256
30257 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30258 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30259 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30260 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30261 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30262 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30263 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30264 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30265 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30266 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30267 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30268
30269
30270 SPECIAL MENUES:
30271 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30272 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30273 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30274 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30275 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30276 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30277 current directory for VHDL source files.
30278
30279
30280 VHDL STANDARDS:
30281 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30282 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30283
30284
30285 KEYWORD CASE:
30286 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30287 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30288 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30289 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30290 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30291 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30292 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30293 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30294
30295
30296 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30297 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30298 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30299 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30300 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30301 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30302 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30303
30304 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30305 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30306 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30307 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30308 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30309 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30310
30311 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30312 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30313 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30314 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30315 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30316 visually.
30317
30318 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30319 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30320 highlighted if written in lower case.
30321
30322 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30323 highlighted using a different background color if option
30324 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30325
30326 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30327 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30328 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30329 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30330 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30331
30332
30333 USER MODELS:
30334 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30335 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30336 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30337
30338
30339 HIDE/SHOW:
30340 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30341 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30342 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30343 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30344 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30345
30346
30347 CODE UPDATING:
30348 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30349 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30350 Limitations:
30351 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30352 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30353 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30354 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30355 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30356 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30357 (used to obtain the port names).
30358 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30359 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30360 sensitivity lists.
30361
30362
30363 CODE FIXING:
30364 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30365 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30366
30367
30368 PRINTING:
30369 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30370 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30371 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30372 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30373 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30374 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30375 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30376 printers.
30377
30378
30379 OPTIONS:
30380 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30381 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30382 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30383 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30384 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30385
30386 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30387 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30388 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30389 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30390 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30391 INSTALL file).
30392
30393 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30394 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30395
30396
30397 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30398 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30399 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30400 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30401
30402 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30403
30404
30405 HINTS:
30406 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30407 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30408
30409 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30410
30411 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30412
30413 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30414
30415
30416 RELEASE NOTES:
30417 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30418
30419
30420 Maintenance:
30421 ------------
30422
30423 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30424 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30425
30426 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30427
30428 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30429 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30430 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30431 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30432
30433 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30434 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30435 where the latest version can be found.
30436
30437
30438 Known problems:
30439 ---------------
30440
30441 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30442 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30443 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30444 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30445
30446
30447 The VHDL Mode Authors
30448 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30449
30450 Key bindings:
30451 -------------
30452
30453 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30454
30455 \(fn)" t nil)
30456
30457 ;;;***
30458 \f
30459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30460 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30461 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30462
30463 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30464 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30465
30466 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30467
30468 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30469 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30470 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30471 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30472
30473 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30474
30475 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30476 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30477
30478 \(fn)" t nil)
30479
30480 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30481 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30482 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30483 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30484
30485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30486
30487 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30488 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30489
30490 \(fn)" t nil)
30491
30492 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30493
30494
30495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30496
30497 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30498
30499
30500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30501
30502 ;;;***
30503 \f
30504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 63160 995987 0))
30505 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30506
30507 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30508 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30509 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30510
30511 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30512
30513 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30514 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30515 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30516 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30517
30518 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30519
30520 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30521 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30522
30523 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30524
30525 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30526 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30527 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30528 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30529 moving around in the buffer.
30530 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30531 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30532
30533 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30534
30535 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30536
30537 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30538 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30539 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30540 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30541
30542 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30543 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30544 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30545 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30546 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30547
30548 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30549
30550 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30551
30552 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30553 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30554 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30555 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30556 buffer.
30557
30558 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30559 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30560 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30561 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30562 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30563
30564 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30565
30566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30567
30568 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30569 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30570 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30571 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30572 moving around in the buffer.
30573 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30574 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30575
30576 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30577
30578 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30579 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30580 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30581
30582 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30583 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30584 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30585 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30586
30587 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30588 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30589 own View-like bindings.
30590
30591 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30592
30593 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30594 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30595 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30596 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30597 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30598 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30599 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30600
30601 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30602
30603 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30604
30605 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30606 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30607 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30608
30609 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30610 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30611 own View-like bindings.
30612
30613 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30614
30615 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30616 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30617 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30618 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30619 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30620 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30621 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30622
30623 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30624
30625 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30626
30627 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30628 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30629 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30630
30631 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30632 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30633 own View-like bindings.
30634
30635 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30636
30637 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30638 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30641 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30642
30643 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30644 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30645 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30646 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30647
30648 \\<view-mode-map>
30649
30650 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30651 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30652 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30653 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30654 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30655 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30656 to a repeat count of one.
30657
30658 H, h, ? This message.
30659 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30660 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30661 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30662 > move to the end of buffer.
30663 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30664 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30665 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30666 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30667 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30668 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30669 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30670 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30671 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30672 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30673 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30674 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30675 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30676 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30677 Use this to view a changing file.
30678 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30679 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30680 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30681 . set the mark.
30682 x exchanges point and mark.
30683 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30684 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30685 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30686 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30687 ' go to position saved in character register.
30688 s do forward incremental search.
30689 r do reverse incremental search.
30690 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30691 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30692 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30693 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30694 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30695 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30696 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30697 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30698 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30699 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30700 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30701 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30702 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30703 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30704 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30705 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30706 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30707
30708 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30709 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30710 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30711 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30712 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30713 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30714 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30715 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30716 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30717
30718 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30719
30720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30721
30722 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30723 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30724 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30725 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30726 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30727 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30728 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30729 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30730 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30731
30732 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30733
30734 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30735
30736 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30737 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30738 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30739 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30740 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30741 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30742
30743 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30744 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30745 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30746
30747 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30748
30749 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30750
30751 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30752
30753 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30754 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30755
30756 \(fn)" t nil)
30757
30758 ;;;***
30759 \f
30760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21574 16579 173517
30761 ;;;;;; 0))
30762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30763 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30764
30765 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30766 Toggle Viper on/off.
30767 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30768
30769 \(fn)" t nil)
30770
30771 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30772 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30773
30774 \(fn)" t nil)
30775
30776 ;;;***
30777 \f
30778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
30779 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30781
30782 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30783 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30784 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30785 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30786 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30787 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30788 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30789 the beginning of the warning.")
30790
30791 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30792 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30793 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30794 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30795 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30796 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30797 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30798 also call that function before the next warning.")
30799
30800 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30801 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30802
30803 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30804 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30805 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30806 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30807
30808 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30809 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30810 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30811 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30812 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30813 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30814
30815 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30816 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30817 Default is :warning.
30818
30819 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30820 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30821 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30822 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30823 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30824 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30825
30826 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30827 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30828 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30829
30830 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30831
30832 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30833 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30834
30835 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30836
30837 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30838 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30839 \\<special-mode-map>
30840 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30841 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30842
30843 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30844 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30845 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30846 can be whatever you like.)
30847
30848 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30849 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30850
30851 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30852 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30853 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30854 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30855 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30856
30857 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30858
30859 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30860 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30861 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30862 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30863 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30864
30865 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30866
30867 ;;;***
30868 \f
30869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30870 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30871 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30872
30873 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30874 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30875 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30876 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30877 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30878 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30879 directories to reflect your edits.
30880
30881 See `wdired-mode'.
30882
30883 \(fn)" t nil)
30884
30885 ;;;***
30886 \f
30887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30889
30890 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30891 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30892
30893 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30894 hotlist.
30895
30896 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30897 <nwv@acm.org>.
30898
30899 \(fn)" t nil)
30900
30901 ;;;***
30902 \f
30903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
30904 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30906 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30907 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30908
30909 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30910
30911 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30912 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30913 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30915 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30916 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30917
30918 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30919
30920 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30921 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30925
30926 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30927 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30928 in certain major modes.
30929
30930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30931
30932 ;;;***
30933 \f
30934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 0
30935 ;;;;;; 0))
30936 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30937 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30938
30939 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30940 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
30941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
30942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30944
30945 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30946 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30947
30948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30949
30950 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30951 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
30952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
30953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30955
30956 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30957 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30958 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30959 use `whitespace-mode'.
30960
30961 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30962
30963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30964
30965 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30966 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30967 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30970 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30971
30972 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30973
30974 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30975 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
30976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
30977 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30978 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30979
30980 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30981 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30982
30983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30984
30985 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30986 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30987 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30990 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30991
30992 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30993
30994 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30995 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
30996 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
30997 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
30998 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30999
31000 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31001 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31002 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31003 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31004
31005 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31006
31007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31008
31009 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31010 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31011
31012 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31013 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31014
31015 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31016 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31017
31018 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31019
31020 CHAR MEANING
31021 (VIA FACES)
31022 f toggle face visualization
31023 t toggle TAB visualization
31024 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31025 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31026 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31027 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31028 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31029 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31030 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31031 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31032 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31033 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31034 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31035 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31036 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31037 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31038 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31039
31040 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31041 T toggle TAB visualization
31042 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31043 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31044
31045 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31046 ? display brief help
31047
31048 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31049 The valid symbols are:
31050
31051 face toggle face visualization
31052 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31053 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31054 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31055 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31056 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31057 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31058 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31059 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31060 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31061 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31062 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31063 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31064 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31065 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31066 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31067 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31068
31069 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31070 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31071 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31072
31073 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31074
31075 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31076
31077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31078
31079 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31080 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31081
31082 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31083 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31084
31085 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31086 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31087
31088 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31089
31090 CHAR MEANING
31091 (VIA FACES)
31092 f toggle face visualization
31093 t toggle TAB visualization
31094 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31095 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31096 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31097 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31098 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31099 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31100 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31101 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31102 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31103 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31104 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31105 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31106 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31107 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31108 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31109
31110 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31111 T toggle TAB visualization
31112 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31113 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31114
31115 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31116 ? display brief help
31117
31118 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31119 The valid symbols are:
31120
31121 face toggle face visualization
31122 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31123 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31124 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31125 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31126 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31127 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31128 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31129 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31130 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31131 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31132 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31133 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31134 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31135 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31136 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31137 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31138
31139 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31140 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31141 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31142
31143 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31144
31145 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31146
31147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31148
31149 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31150 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31151
31152 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31153 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31154 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31155 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31156 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31157
31158 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31159
31160 The problems cleaned up are:
31161
31162 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31163 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31164 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31165 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31166
31167 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31168 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31169 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31170 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31171 SPACEs.
31172 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31173 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31174 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31175 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31176
31177 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31178 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31179 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31180 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31181 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31182 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31183 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31184 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31185
31186 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31187 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31188 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31189
31190 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31191 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31192 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31193 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31194 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31195 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31196 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31197 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31198
31199 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31200 documentation.
31201
31202 \(fn)" t nil)
31203
31204 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31205 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31206
31207 The problems cleaned up are:
31208
31209 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31210 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31211 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31212 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31213 SPACEs.
31214 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31215 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31217 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31218
31219 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31221 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31222 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31224 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31226 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31227
31228 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31230 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31231
31232 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31233 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31234 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31235 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31236 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31237 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31240
31241 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31242 documentation.
31243
31244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31245
31246 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31247 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31248
31249 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31250 non-nil.
31251
31252 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31253 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31254 `whitespace-style' to have:
31255
31256 empty
31257 trailing
31258 indentation
31259 space-before-tab
31260 space-after-tab
31261
31262 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31263 whitespace problems in buffer.
31264
31265 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31266
31267 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31268 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31269 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31270 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31271 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31272 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31273 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31274
31275 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31276 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31277 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31278 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31279 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31280 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31281 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31282
31283 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31284 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31285 cleaning up these problems.
31286
31287 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31288
31289 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31290 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31291
31292 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31293 non-nil.
31294
31295 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31296 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31297 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31298
31299 empty
31300 indentation
31301 space-before-tab
31302 trailing
31303 space-after-tab
31304
31305 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31306 whitespace problems in buffer.
31307
31308 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31309
31310 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31311 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31312 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31313 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31314 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31315 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31316 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31317
31318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31322 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31325
31326 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31327 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31328 cleaning up these problems.
31329
31330 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31331
31332 ;;;***
31333 \f
31334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 0
31335 ;;;;;; 0))
31336 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31337
31338 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31339 Browse the widget under point.
31340
31341 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31342
31343 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31344 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31345
31346 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31347
31348 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31349 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31350
31351 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31352
31353 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31354 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31358
31359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31360
31361 ;;;***
31362 \f
31363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31364 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31365
31366 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31367 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31368
31369 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31370
31371 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31372 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31373 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31374
31375 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31376
31377 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31378 Create widget of TYPE.
31379 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31380
31381 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31382
31383 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31384 Delete WIDGET.
31385
31386 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31387
31388 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31390
31391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31392
31393 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31394 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31395 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31396 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31397
31398 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31399 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31400
31401 \(fn)" nil nil)
31402
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31407
31408 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31409 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31410 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31411 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31412 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31413 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31414 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31415
31416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31417
31418 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31419 Select the window above the current one.
31420 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31421 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31422 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31423 negative ARG) of the current window.
31424 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31425
31426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31427
31428 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31429 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31430 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31431 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31432 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31433 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31434 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31435
31436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31437
31438 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31439 Select the window below the current one.
31440 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31441 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31442 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31443 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31444 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31445
31446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31447
31448 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31449 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31450 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31451 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31452
31453 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31454
31455 ;;;***
31456 \f
31457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31458 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31459
31460 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31461 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31462 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31465 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31466
31467 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31468
31469 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31470 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31474 \\{winner-mode-map}
31475
31476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31477
31478 ;;;***
31479 \f
31480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31481 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31482 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31483
31484 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31485 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31486 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31487 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31488 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31489
31490 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31491
31492 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31493 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31494 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31495 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31496 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31497 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31498 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31499 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31500
31501 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31502 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31503
31504 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31505
31506 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31507 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31508
31509 \(fn)" t nil)
31510
31511 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31512 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31513 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31514 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31515 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31516 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31517 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31518 `woman' command for further details.
31519
31520 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31521
31522 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31523 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31524
31525 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31526
31527 ;;;***
31528 \f
31529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31530 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31531
31532 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31533 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31534 Return the top node with all its children.
31535 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31536
31537 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31538 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31539 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31540
31541 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31542
31543 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31544 namespace to URIs instead.
31545
31546 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31547 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31548
31549 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31550
31551 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31552
31553 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31554
31555 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31556 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31557 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31558 not contain well-formed XML.
31559
31560 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31561 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31562 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31563 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31564 element of the list.
31565 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31566 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31567 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31568
31569 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31570
31571 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31572 namespace to URIs instead.
31573
31574 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31575 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31576
31577 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31578
31579 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31580
31581 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31582
31583 ;;;***
31584 \f
31585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
31586 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31587
31588 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31589 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31590 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31591 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31592 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31593 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31594 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31595 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31596 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31597 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31598
31599 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31600
31601 ;;;***
31602 \f
31603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21410 50877 492638
31604 ;;;;;; 0))
31605 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31606
31607 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31608 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31609 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31612 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31613
31614 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31615
31616 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31617 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31621
31622 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31623 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31624 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31625 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31626 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31627 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31628
31629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31630
31631 ;;;***
31632 \f
31633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31635
31636 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31637 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31638
31639 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31640
31641 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31642 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31643
31644 \(fn)" nil nil)
31645
31646 ;;;***
31647 \f
31648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31649 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31650
31651 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31652 Zone out, completely.
31653
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31655
31656 ;;;***
31657 \f
31658 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21588 49521 125399
31876 ;;;;;; 605000))
31877
31878 ;;;***
31879 \f
31880 (provide 'loaddefs)
31881 ;; Local Variables:
31882 ;; version-control: never
31883 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31884 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31885 ;; coding: utf-8
31886 ;; End:
31887 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here